WO2000068380A2 - Extracellular matrix and adhesion-associated proteins - Google Patents

Extracellular matrix and adhesion-associated proteins Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2000068380A2
WO2000068380A2 PCT/US2000/012811 US0012811W WO0068380A2 WO 2000068380 A2 WO2000068380 A2 WO 2000068380A2 US 0012811 W US0012811 W US 0012811W WO 0068380 A2 WO0068380 A2 WO 0068380A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
exmad
polynucleotide
sequence
sequences
polypeptide
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2000/012811
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2000068380A3 (en
Inventor
Olga Bandman
Jennifer L. Hillman
Y. Tom Tang
Preeti Lal
Henry Yue
Mariah R. Baughn
Dyung Aina M. Lu
Yalda Azimzai
Original Assignee
Incyte Genomics, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Incyte Genomics, Inc. filed Critical Incyte Genomics, Inc.
Priority to JP2000616346A priority Critical patent/JP2002543785A/en
Priority to CA002372815A priority patent/CA2372815A1/en
Priority to AU51298/00A priority patent/AU5129800A/en
Priority to EP00935907A priority patent/EP1177296A2/en
Publication of WO2000068380A2 publication Critical patent/WO2000068380A2/en
Publication of WO2000068380A3 publication Critical patent/WO2000068380A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/02Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/08Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the prostate
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/10Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/14Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for lactation disorders, e.g. galactorrhoea
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/16Emollients or protectives, e.g. against radiation
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/04Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/06Antigout agents, e.g. antihyperuricemic or uricosuric agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/18Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24Antidepressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/10Antimycotics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/10Anthelmintics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P39/00General protective or antinoxious agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/14Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/14Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
    • A61P5/16Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4 for decreasing, blocking or antagonising the activity of the thyroid hormones
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/38Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the suprarenal hormones
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/04Antihaemorrhagics; Procoagulants; Haemostatic agents; Antifibrinolytic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/08Plasma substitutes; Perfusion solutions; Dialytics or haemodialytics; Drugs for electrolytic or acid-base disorders, e.g. hypovolemic shock
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/78Connective tissue peptides, e.g. collagen, elastin, laminin, fibronectin, vitronectin or cold insoluble globulin [CIG]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01KANIMAL HUSBANDRY; AVICULTURE; APICULTURE; PISCICULTURE; FISHING; REARING OR BREEDING ANIMALS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NEW BREEDS OF ANIMALS
    • A01K2217/00Genetically modified animals
    • A01K2217/05Animals comprising random inserted nucleic acids (transgenic)
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides

Definitions

  • This invention relates to nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of extracellular matrix and adhesion-associated proteins and to the use of these sequences in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of cell proliferative, immune, reproductive, neuronal, and genetic disorders.
  • the extracellular matrix is a complex network of glycoproteins, polysaccharides, proteoglycans, and other macromolecules that are secreted from the cell into the extracellular space.
  • the ECM remains in close association with the cell surface and provides a supportive meshwork that profoundly influences cell shape, motility, strength, flexibility, and adhesion. In fact, adhesion of a cell to its surrounding matrix is required for cell survival except in the case of metastatic tumor cells, which have overcome the need for cell-ECM anchorage. This phenomenon suggests that the ECM plays a critical role in the molecular mechanisms of growth control and metastasis. (Reviewed in Ruoslahti, E. (1996) Sci. Am. 275:72-77.) Furthermore, the ECM determines the structure and physical properties of connective tissue and is particularly important for morphogenesis and other processes associated with embryonic development and pattern formation.
  • the collagens comprise a family of ECM proteins that provide structure to bone, teeth, skin, ligaments, tendons, cartilage, blood vessels, and basement membranes. Multiple collagen proteins have been identified. Three collagen molecules fold together in a triple helix stabilized by interchain disulfide bonds. Bundles of these triple helices then associate to form fibrils. Collagen primary structure consists of hundreds of (Gly-X- Y) repeats where about a third of the X and Y residues are Pro. Glycines are crucial to helix formation as the bulkier amino acid side chains cannot fold into the triple helical conformation. Because of these strict sequence requirements, mutations in collagen genes have severe consequences.
  • Osteogenesis imperfecta patients have brittle bones that fracture easily; in severe cases patients die in utero or at birth.
  • Ehler-Danlos syndrome patients have hyperelastic skin, hypermobile joints, and susceptibility to aortic and intestinal rupture.
  • Chondrodysplasia patients have short stature and ocular disorders.
  • Alport syndrome patients have hematuria, sensorineural deafness, and eye lens deformation. (See Isselbacher, K.J., et al. (1994) Harrison ' s Principles of Internal Medicine, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, NY, pp. 2105-2117: and Creighton, T.E. (1984) Proteins. -
  • Collectins are extracellular proteins with collagen tails and globular lectin domains that play an important role in the first line immune response to micoorganisms.
  • the peripheral lectin domain permits binding to sugar residues on microorganisms, while the collagen tail interacts with phagocyte receptors or the complement system.
  • Examples of collectins are the pulmonary surfactant proteins SP- A and SP-D ( Kuroki, S.D. et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 273:4783-4789).
  • Elastin and related proteins confer elasticity to tissues such as skin, blood vessels, and lungs.
  • Elastin is a highly hydrophobic protein of about 750 amino acids that is rich in proline and glycine residues.
  • Elastin molecules are highly cross-linked, forming an extensive extracellular network of fibers and sheets.
  • Elastin fibers are surrounded by a sheath of microfibrils which are composed of a number of glycoproteins, including fibrillin. Mutations in the gene encoding fibrillin are responsible for Marfan's syndrome, a genetic disorder characterized by defects in connective tissue. In severe cases, the aortas of afflicted individuals are prone to rupture. (Reviewed in Alberts, B., et al. (1994) Molecular Biology of the Cell, Garland Publishing, New York, NY, pp. 984-986.)
  • Fibronectin is a large ECM glycoprotein found in all vertebrates. Fibronectin exists as a dimer of two subunits, each containing about 2,500 amino acids. Each subunit folds into a rod-like structure containing multiple domains. The domains each contain multiple repeated modules, the most common of which is the type III fibronectin repeat.
  • the type III fibronectin repeat is about 90 amino acids in length and is also found in other ECM proteins and in some plasma membrane and cytoplasmic proteins.
  • some type III fibronectin repeats contain a characteristic tripeptide consisting of Arginine-Glycine-Aspartic acid (RGD). The RGD sequence is recognized by the integrin family of cell surface receptors and is also found in other ECM proteins.
  • Laminin is a major glycoprotein component of the basal lamina which underlies and supports epithelial cell sheets.
  • Laminin is one of the first ECM proteins synthesized in the developing embryo.
  • Laminin is an 850 kilodalton protein composed of three polypeptide chains joined in the shape of a cross by disulfide bonds.
  • Laminin is especially important for angiogenesis and, in particular, for guiding the formation of capillaries. (Reviewed in Alberts, supra, pp. 990-991.)
  • Proteoglvcans There are many other types of proteinaceous ECM components, most of which can be classified as proteoglycans.
  • Proteoglycans are composed of unbranched polysaccharide chains (glycosaminoglycans) attached to protein cores.
  • Common proteoglycans include aggrecan, betaglycan, decorin, perlecan, serglycin, and syndecan- 1. Some of these molecules not only provide mechanical support, but also bind to extracellular signaling molecules, such as fibroblast growth factor and transforming growth factor ⁇ , suggesting a role for proteoglycans in cell-cell communication.
  • DPP Dentin phosphoryn
  • DPP is believed to nucleate or modulate the formation of hydroxyapatite crystals.
  • the gene encoding DPP has been mapped to human chromosome 4.
  • Chromosome 4 contains the gene loci for two dentin genetic diseases, dentinogenesis imperfecta type II and dentin dysplasia type II (Feng, J.Q., et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 273:9457-9464).
  • Mucins are highly glycosylated glycoproteins that are the major structural component of the mucus gel. The physiological functions of mucins are cytoprotection, mechanical protection, maintenance of viscosity in secretions, and cellular recognition.
  • MUC6 is a human gastric mucin that is also found in gall bladder, pancreas, seminal vesicles, and female reproductive tract (Toribara, N.W., et al. (1997) J. Biol. Chem. 272:16398-16403). The MUC6 gene has been mapped to human chromosome 11 (Toribara, N.W., et al. (1993) J. Biol. Chem. 268:5879-5885).
  • Hemomucin is a novel Drosophila surface mucin that may be involved in the induction of antibacterial effector molecules (Theopold, U., et al. (1996) J. Biol. Chem. 217:12708-12715).
  • Link protein binds to both cartilage proteoglycan and hyaluronan in cartilage ECM. This binding stabilizes the aggregation of these cartilage ECM proteins and produces supramolecular assemblies. Link protein has been detected in other connective tissues, where it may bind proteoglycans and hyaluronan. Link protein contains a signal peptide, an immunoglobulin repeat, and link repeats (Ayad, S., et al. (1994) The Extracellular Matrix Facts Book, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, CA, pp. 120-121).
  • the surface of a cell is rich in transmembrane proteoglycans, glycoproteins, glycolipids, and receptors. These macromolecules mediate adhesion with other cells and with components of the ECM.
  • the interaction of the cell with its surroundings profoundly influences cell shape, strength, flexibility, motility, and adhesion. These dynamic properties are intimately associated with signal transduction pathways controlling cell proliferation and differentiation, tissue construction, and embryonic development.
  • Cadherins comprise a family of calcium-dependent glycoproteins that function in mediating cell-cell adhesion in virtually all solid tissues of multicellular organisms. These proteins share multiple repeats of a cadherin-specific motif, and the repeats form the folding units of the cadherin ECM. Cadherin molecules cooperate to form focal contacts, or adhesion plaques, between adjacent epithelial cells.
  • the cadherin family includes the classical cadherins and protocadherins.
  • Classical cadherins include the E-cadherin, N-cadherin, and P-cadherin subfamilies. E-cadherin is present on many types of epithelial cells and is especially important for embryonic development.
  • P-cadherin is present on cells of the placenta and epidermis. Recent studies report that protocadherins are involved in a variety of cell-cell interactions (Suzuki, S. T. (1996) J. Cell Sci. 109:2609-2611).
  • the intracellular anchorage of cadherins is regulated by their dynamic association with catenins, a family of cytoplasmic signal transduction proteins associated with the actin cytoskeleton.
  • the anchorage of cadherins to the actin cytoskeleton appears to be regulated by protein tyrosine phosphorylation, and the cadherins are the target of phosphorylation-induced junctional disassembly (Aberle, H., et al. (1996) J. Cell. Biochem. 61:514-523).
  • Integrins are ubiquitous transmembrane adhesion molecules that link the ECM to the internal cytoskeleton. Integrins are composed of two noncovalently associated transmembrane glycoprotein subunits called ⁇ and ⁇ . Integrins function as receptors that play a role in signal transduction. For example, binding of integrin to its extracellular ligand may stimulate changes in intracellular calcium levels or protein kinase activity (Sjaastad, M.D. and Nelson, W.J. (1997) BioEssays 19:47-55). At least ten cell surface receptors of the integrin family recognize the ECM component fibronectin, which is involved in many different biological processes including cell migration and embryogenesis (Johansson, S., et al. (1997) Front. Biosci. 2:D126-D146).
  • Lectins comprise a ubiquitous family of extracellular glycoproteins which bind cell surface carbohydrates specifically and reversibly, resulting in the agglutination of cells. (Reviewed in Drickamer, K. and Taylor, M.E. (1993) Annu. Rev. Cell Biol. 9:237-264.) This function is particularly important for activation of the immune response. Lectins mediate the agglutination and mitogenic stimulation of lymphocytes at sites of inflammation (Lasky, L.A. (1991) J. Cell. Biochem. 45:139-146; Paietta, E., et al. (1989) J. Immunol. 143:2850-2857).
  • Lectins are further classified into subfamilies based on carbohydrate-binding specificity and other criteria.
  • the galectin subfamily includes lectins that bind ⁇ -galactoside carbohydrate moieties in a thiol-dependent manner. (Reviewed in Hadari, Y.R., et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 270:3447-3453.) Galectins are widely expressed and developmentally regulated. Because all galectins lack an N-terminal signal peptide, it is suggested that galectins are externalized through an atypical secretory mechanism. Two classes of galectins have been defined based on molecular weight and oligomerization properties. Small galectins form homodimers and are about 14-16 kilodaltons in mass, while large galectins are monomeric and about 29-37 kilodaltons.
  • Galectins contain a characteristic carbohydrate recogntion domain (CRD).
  • CRD carbohydrate recogntion domain
  • the CRD is about 140 amino acids and contains several stretches of about 1-10 amino acids which are highly conserved among all galectins.
  • a particular 6-amino acid motif within the CRD contains conserved tryptophan and arginine residues which are critical for carbohydrate binding.
  • the CRD of some galectins also contains cysteine residues which may be important for disulfide bond formation. Secondary structure predictions indicate that the CRD forms several ⁇ -sheets.
  • Galectins play a number of roles in diseases and conditions associated with cell-cell and cell- matrix interactions. For example, certain galectins associate with sites of inflammation and bind to cell surface immunoglobulin E molecules. In addition, galectins may play an important role in cancer metastasis. Galectin overexpression is correlated with the metastatic potential of cancers in humans and mice. Moreover, anti-galectin antibodies inhibit processes associated with cell transformation, such as cell aggregation and anchorage-independent growth. (See, for example, Su, Z.-Z., et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:7252-7257.) Selectins
  • Selectins comprise a specialized lectin subfamily involved primarily in inflammation and leukocyte adhesion.
  • Selectins which mediate the recruitment of leukocytes from the circulation to sites of acute inflammation, are expressed on the surface of vascular endothelial cells in response to cytokine signaling.
  • Selectins bind to specific ligands on the leukocyte cell membrane and enable the leukocyte to adhere to and migrate along the endothelial surface. Binding of selectin to its ligand leads to polarized rearrangement of the actin cytoskeleton and stimulates signal transduction within the leukocyte (Brenner, B., et al. (1997) Biochem. Biophys. Res.
  • the selectins include lymphocyte adhesion molecule- 1 (LAM-1 or L-selectin), endothelial leukocyte adhesion molecule- 1 (ELAM-1 or E-selectin), and granule membrane protein- 140 (GMP-140 or P-selectin) (Johnston, G.I., et al. (1989) Cell 56:1033-1044).
  • LAM-1 or L-selectin lymphocyte adhesion molecule- 1
  • ELAM-1 or E-selectin endothelial leukocyte adhesion molecule- 1
  • GMP-140 or P-selectin granule membrane protein- 140
  • Attr actin is a 134 kilodalton glycoprotein found in the serum. It is a member of the CUB family of cell adhesion proteins and binds directly to leukocytes. Attractin has a CUB domain, an EGF domain, and C-type lectin protein domains. This serum protein mediates the interaction between T lymphocytes and monocytes and leads to the adherence and spreading of monocytes that become the foci for T cell clustering. (See, Duke-Cohan, J.S., et al. (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:11336- 11341.)
  • LRRs are sequence motifs, approximately 22-28 amino acids in length, found in proteins with a large variety of functions and cellular locations. Proteins containing LRRs are all thought to be involved in protein-protein interactions. The crystal structure of LRRs has been studied and found to correspond to beta-alpha structural units. These structural units form a parallel beta sheet with one surface exposed to solvent. In this way an LRR-containing protein acquires a nonglobular shape
  • LRRs function in signal transduction and cellular adhesion as well as in protein-protein interactions (Gay, N.J., et al. (1991) FEBS Lett. 29:87-91).
  • LLR proteins such as connectin and chaoptin are important cell adhesion molecules in neuronal development in Drosophilia melanogaster. and mammalian homologs are found in mouse (Taguchi, et al. (1996) Brain Res.Mol. Brain Res. 1-
  • Proteins Containing Armadillo/ ⁇ -Catenin-like Repeats Various proteins such as those encoded by the Drosophila armadillo gene and the human APC gene contain amino acid repeats that interact with ⁇ -catenins.
  • the armadillo gene is required for pattern formation within the embryonic segments and imaginal discs and is highly conserved. It is 63% identical to a human protein, plakoglobin, which is involved in adhesive junctions joining epithelial and other cells (Peifer, M. and Wieschaus, E. (1990) Cell 63:1167-1176).
  • APC gene mutations appear to initiate inherited forms of human colorectal cancer and sporadic forms of colorectal and gastric cancer (Rubinfeld, B., et al. (1993) Science 262:1731-1734). The fact that the protein encoded by APC interacts with catenin suggests a link between tumor initiation and cell adhesion (Su, L.K., et al. (1993) Science 262:1734-1737).
  • C-type lectin domains are found in a variety of proteins, including selectins and lecticans.
  • Lecticans are a family of chondroitin sulfate proteoglycans that include aggrecan, versican, neurocan, and brevican. All C-type lectin proteins are involved in protein-protein interactions (Aspberg, A., et al.
  • Amovel macrophage-restricted C-type lectin protein has been cloned from mouse tissue. It is a type II transmembrane protein with one extracellular
  • Bystin is a cytoplasmic protein that binds directly to trophinin, a cell adhesion molecule, and tastin. The three molecules form a complex that is involved in cell adhesion.
  • Bystin, tastin, and trophinin are strongly expressed in cells involved in the implantation of embryos, specifically in cells at human implantation sites and in intermediate trophoblasts at the invasion front of the placenta in early pregnancy. Bystin also binds to cytokeratins. During early embryogenesis cytokeratins 8 and 18 are expressed in the trophectoderm of blastocytes.
  • SH3 is a 60-70 amino acid motif found in a variety of signal transduction and cytoskeletal proteins.
  • the SH3 domain is involved in mediating protein-protein interactions.
  • One novel SH3 domain-containing protein is the 52 kilodalton focal adhesion protein (FAP52 or p52).
  • FAP52 is localized to focal adhesions, specialized membrane domains in cultured cells that mediate the attachment of cells to the growth substratum and ECM.
  • Focal adhesions consist of structural proteins, integrins, regulatory molecules, and signaling molecules and are involved in cell signaling.
  • FAP52 may form part of this multimolecular complex that comprises focal adhesion sites (Merilainent, J., et al. (1997) J. Biol. Chem. 272:23278-23284).
  • the ECM plays an important role in cell invasive processes such as angiogenesis and tumor metastasis (Ruoslahti, supra).
  • the glycoproteins laminin and fibronectin are implicated in the migration of tumor cells through the ECM (chemotaxis) in the course of metastasis of tumors to other tissues.
  • the same process, chemotaxis also promotes the migration of vascular endothelial cells to form new microvascular networks to support these tumors (tumor angiogenesis).
  • the invention features purified polypeptides, extracellular matrix and adhesion-associated proteins, referred to collectively as "EXMAD” and individually as • "EXMAD-l,” “EXMAD-2. " ⁇ XMAD-3,” ⁇ XMAD-4,'- “EXMAD-5,” “EXMAD-6/' “EXMAD-7,”, ⁇ XMAD-8.” "EXMAD- 9,” “EXMAD-10,” “EXMAD-11,” ⁇ XMAD-12,” ⁇ XMAD-13,-' ⁇ XMAD-14,” “EXMAD-15,” “EXMAD-16,” “EXMAD-17,” “EXMAD-18,” “EXMAD-19,” “EXMAD-20,” “EXMAD-21, “EXMAD-22,” ⁇ XMAD-23,” ⁇ XMAD-24,” and “EXMAD-25.”
  • the invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising a) an amino acid sequence selected
  • the invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1-25.
  • the invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide comprising a) an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, b) a naturally occurring amino acid sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to an ammo acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, c) a biologically active fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, or d) an immunogenic fragment of an ammo acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1 -25
  • the polynucleotide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 26-50
  • the invention provides a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide comp ⁇ sing a) an ammo acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, b) a naturally occurring amino acid sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, c) a biologically active fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, or d) an immunogenic fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25
  • the invention provides a cell transformed with the recombinant polynucleotide
  • the invention provides a transgenic organism comprising the recombinant polynucleotide
  • the invention also provides a method for producing a polypeptide comprising a) an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, b) a naturally occurring amino acid sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, c) a biologically active fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, or d) an immunogenic fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1 -25
  • the method comprises a) cultu ⁇ ng a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed
  • the invention provides an isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide comprising a) an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1- 25, b) a naturally occurring amino acid sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to an ammo acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, c) a biologically active fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, or d) an immunogenic fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1- 25
  • the invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide comprising a) a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 26-50, b) a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50, c) a polynucleotide sequence complementary to a), or d) a polynucleotide sequence complementary to b).
  • the polynucleotide comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
  • the invention provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide comprising a) a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50, b) a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50, c) a polynucleotide sequence complementary to a), or d) a polynucleotide sequence complementary to b).
  • the method comprises a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 16 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically hybridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex, and optionally, if present, the amount thereof.
  • the probe comprises at least 30 contiguous nucleotides.
  • the probe comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
  • the invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a polypeptide comprising a) an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, b) a naturally occurring amino acid sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, c) a biologically active fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-25, or d) an immunogenic fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l- 25, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient
  • the invention additionally provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional EXMAD, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the invention also provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide comprising a) an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, b) a naturally occurring amino acid sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, c) a biologically active fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1 -25 , or d) an immunogenic fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25.
  • the method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an agonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional EXMAD, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the invention provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide comprising a) an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-25, b) a naturally occurring amino acid sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, c) a biologically active fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, or d) an immunogenic fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25.
  • the method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting antagonist activity in the sample.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the invention provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional EXMAD, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the invention further provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50, the method comprising a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, and b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide.
  • Table 1 shows polypeptide and nucleotide sequence identification numbers (SEQ ID NOs), clone identification numbers (clone IDs), cDNA libraries, and cDNA fragments used to assemble full- length sequences encoding EXMAD.
  • Table 2 shows features of each polypeptide sequence, including potential motifs, homologous sequences, and methods, algorithms, and searchable databases used for analysis of EXMAD.
  • Table 3 shows selected fragments of each nucleic acid sequence; the tissue-specific expression patterns of each nucleic acid sequence as determined by northern analysis; diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with these tissues; and the vector into which each cDNA was cloned.
  • Table 4 describes the tissues used to construct the cDNA libraries from which cDNA clones encoding EXMAD were isolated.
  • Table 5 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used to analyze EXMAD. along with applicable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • EXMAD refers to the amino acid sequences of substantially purified EXMAD obtained from any species, particularly a mammalian species, including bovine, ovine, porcine, murine, equine, and human, and from any source, whether natural, synthetic, semi-synthetic, or recombinant.
  • agonist refers to a molecule which intensifies or mimics the biological activity of EXMAD.
  • Agonists may include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of EXMAD either by directly interacting with EXMAD or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which EXMAD participates.
  • allelic variant is an alternative form of the gene encoding EXMAD. Allelic variants may result from at least one mutation in the nucleic acid sequence and may result in altered mRNAs or in polypeptides whose structure or function may or may not be altered. A gene may have none, one, or many allelic variants of its naturally occurring form. Common mutational changes which give rise to allelic variants are generally ascribed to natural deletions, additions, or substitutions of nucleotides. Each of these types of changes may occur alone, or in combination with the others, one or more times in a given sequence.
  • altered nucleic acid sequences encoding EXMAD include those sequences with deletions, insertions, or substitutions of different nucleotides, resulting in a polypeptide the same as EXMAD or a polypeptide with at least one functional characteristic of EXMAD. Included within this definition are polymorphisms which may or may not be readily detectable using a particular oligonucleotide probe of the polynucleotide encoding EXMAD, and improper or unexpected hybridization to allelic variants, with a locus other than the normal chromosomal locus for the polynucleotide sequence encoding EXMAD.
  • the encoded protein may also be "altered,” and may contain deletions, insertions, or substitutions of amino acid residues which produce a silent change and result in a functionally equivalent EXMAD.
  • Deliberate amino acid substitutions may be made on the basis of similarity in polarity, charge, solubility, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues, as long as the biological or immunological activity of EXMAD is retained.
  • negatively charged amino acids may include aspartic acid and glutamic acid
  • positively charged amino acids may include lysine and arginine.
  • Amino acids with uncharged polar side chains having similar hydrophilicity values may include: asparagine and glutamine; and serine and threonine.
  • Amino acids with uncharged side chains having similar hydrophilicity values may include: leucine, isoleucine, and valine; glycine and alanine; and phenylalanine and tyrosine
  • amino acid and amino acid sequence refer to an oligopeptide, peptide, polypeptide, or protein sequence, or a fragment of any of these, and to naturally occurring or synthetic molecules. Where “amino acid sequence " is recited to refer to an amino acid sequence of a naturally occurring protein molecule, “amino acid sequence” and like terms are not meant to limit the amino acid sequence to the complete native amino acid sequence associated with the recited protein molecule.
  • Amplification relates to the production of additional copies of a nucleic acid sequence. Amplification is generally carried out using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technologies well known in the art.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • antagonist refers to a molecule which inhibits or attenuates the biological activity of
  • Antagonists may include proteins such as antibodies, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of EXMAD either by directly interacting with EXMAD or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which EXMAD participates.
  • the term "antibody" refers to intact immunoglobulin molecules as well as to fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab') 2 , and Fv fragments, which are capable of binding an epitopic determinant.
  • Antibodies that bind EXMAD polypeptides can be prepared using intact polypeptides or using fragments containing small peptides of interest as the immunizing antigen.
  • the polypeptide or oligopeptide used to immunize an animal can be derived from the translation of RNA, or synthesized chemically, and can be conjugated to a carrier protein if desired.
  • a carrier protein e.g., bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH).
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • antigenic determinant refers to that region of a molecule (i.e., an epitope) that makes contact with a particular antibody.
  • a protein or a fragment of a protein is used to immunize a host animal, numerous regions of the protein may induce the production of antibodies which bind specifically to antigenic determinants (particular regions or three-dimensional structures on the protein).
  • An antigenic determinant may compete with the intact antigen (i.e., the immunogen used to elicit the immune response) for binding to an antibody.
  • antisense refers to any composition capable of base-pairing with the "sense" strand of a specific nucleic acid sequence.
  • Antisense compositions may include DNA; RNA; peptide nucleic acid (PNA); oligonucleotides having modified backbone linkages such as phosphorothioates. methylphosphonates, or benzylphosphonates; oligonucleotides having modified sugar groups such as 2'- methoxyethyl sugars or 2'-methoxyethoxy sugars; or oligonucleotides having modified bases such as 5- methyl cytosine. 2'-deoxyuracil, or 7-deaza-2'-deoxyguanosine.
  • Antisense molecules may be produced by any method including chemical synthesis or transcription.
  • the complementary antisense molecule base-pairs with a naturally occurring nucleic acid sequence produced by the cell to form duplexes which block either transcription or translation.
  • the designation "negative” or “minus “ can refer to the antisense strand, and the designation “positive” or “plus” can refer to the sense strand of a reference DNA molecule.
  • biologically active refers to a protein having structural, regulatory, or biochemical functions of a naturally occurring molecule.
  • immunologically active refers to the capability of the natural, recombinant, or synthetic EXMAD, or of any oligopeptide thereof, to induce a specific immune response in appropriate animals or cells and to bind with specific antibodies.
  • complementary and complementarity refer to the natural binding of polynucleotides by base pairing.
  • the sequence "5' A-G-T 3'” bonds to the complementary sequence "3' T-C-A 5'.”
  • Complementarity between two single-stranded molecules may be "partial,” such that only some of the nucleic acids bind, or it may be "complete,” such that total complementarity exists between the single stranded molecules.
  • the degree of complementarity between nucleic acid strands has significant effects on the efficiency and strength of the hybridization between the nucleic acid strands. This is of particular importance in amplification reactions, which depend upon binding between nucleic acid strands, and in the design and use of peptide nucleic acid (PNA) molecules.
  • PNA peptide nucleic acid
  • composition comprising a given polynucleotide sequence and a “composition comprising a given amino acid sequence” refer broadly to any composition containing the given polynucleotide or amino acid sequence.
  • the composition may comprise a dry formulation or an aqueous solution.
  • Compositions comprising polynucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD or fragments of EXMAD may be employed as hybridization probes.
  • the probes may be stored in freeze-dried form and may be associated with a stabilizing agent such as a carbohydrate.
  • the probe may be deployed in an aqueous solution containing salts (e.g., NaCl), detergents (e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS), and other components (e.g., Denhardfs solution, dry milk, salmon sperm DNA, etc.).
  • salts e.g., NaCl
  • detergents e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS
  • other components e.g., Denhardfs solution, dry milk, salmon sperm DNA, etc.
  • Consensus sequence refers to a nucleic acid sequence which has been resequenced to resolve uncalled bases, extended using the XL-PCR kit (Perkin-Elmer, Norwalk CT) in the 5' and/or the 3' direction, and resequenced, or which has been assembled from the overlapping sequences of one or more Incyte Clones and, in some cases, one or more public domain ESTs, using a computer program for fragment assembly, such as the GEL VIEW fragment assembly system (GCG, Madison WI). Some sequences have been both extended and assembled to produce the consensus sequence.
  • GEL VIEW fragment assembly system GEL VIEW fragment assembly system
  • Constant amino acid substitutions are those substitutions that, when made, least interfere with the properties of the original protein, i.e., the structure and especially the function of the protein is conserved and not significantly changed by such substitutions.
  • the table below shows amino acids which may be substituted for an original amino acid in a protein and which are regarded as conservative amino acid substitutions.
  • Conservative amino acid substitutions generally maintain (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a beta sheet or alpha helical conformation,
  • a “deletion” refers to a change in the amino acid or nucleotide sequence that results in the absence of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides.
  • derivative refers to the chemical modification of a polypeptide sequence, or a polynucleotide sequence. Chemical modifications of a polynucleotide sequence can include, for example, replacement of hydrogen by an alkyl, acyl, hydroxyl, or amino group.
  • a derivative polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide which retains at least one biological or immunological function of the natural molecule.
  • a derivative polypeptide is one modified by glycosylation, pegylation, or any similar process that retains at least one biological or immunological function of the polypeptide from which it was derived.
  • a “fragment” is a unique portion of EXMAD or the polynucleotide encoding EXMAD which is identical in sequence to but shorter in length than the parent sequence.
  • a fragment may comprise up to the entire length of the defined sequence, minus one nucleotide/amino acid residue.
  • a fragment may comprise from 5 to 1000 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues.
  • a fragment used as a probe, primer, antigen, therapeutic molecule, or for other purposes may be at least 5, 10, 15, 16, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 250 or at least 500 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues in length. Fragments may be preferentially selected from certain regions of a molecule.
  • a polypeptide fragment may comprise a certain length of contiguous amino acids selected from the first 250 or 500 amino acids (or first 25% or 50% of a polypeptide) as shown in a certain defined sequence.
  • these lengths are exemplary, and any length that is supported by the specification, including the Sequence Listing, tables, and figures, may be encompassed by the present embodiments.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO:26-50 comprises a region of unique polynucleotide sequence that specifically identifies SEQ ID NO: 26-50, for example, as distinct from any other sequence in the same genome.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO:26-50 is useful, for example, in hybridization and amplification technologies and in analogous methods that distinguish SEQ ID NO:26-50 from related polynucleotide sequences.
  • the precise length of a fragment of SEQ ID NO:26-50 and the region of SEQ ID NO:26-50 to which the fragment corresponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1 -25 is encoded by a fragment of SEQ ID NO:26-50.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1-25 comprises a region of unique amino acid sequence that specifically identifies SEQ ID NO:l-25.
  • a fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1-25 is useful as an immunogenic peptide for the development of antibodies that specifically recognize SEQ ID NO:l-25.
  • the precise length of a fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1 -25 and the region of SEQ ID NO: 1 -25 to which the fragment corresponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment.
  • similarity refers to a degree of complementarity. There may be partial similarity or complete similarity. The word “identity” may substitute for the word “similarity.”
  • a partially complementary sequence that at least partially inhibits an identical sequence from hybridizing to a target nucleic acid is referred to as “substantially similar.”
  • the inhibition of hybridization of the completely complementary sequence to the target sequence may be examined using a hybridization assay (Southern or northern blot, solution hybridization, and the like) under conditions of reduced stringency.
  • a substantially similar sequence or hybridization probe will compete for and inhibit the binding of a completely similar (identical) sequence to the target sequence under conditions of reduced stringency.
  • percent identity and “% identity, " as applied to polynucleotide sequences, refer to the percentage of residue matches between at least two polynucleotide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Such an algorithm may insert, in a standardized and reproducible way, gaps in the sequences being compared in order to optimize alignment between two sequences, and therefore achieve a more meaningful comparison of the two sequences.
  • the "weighted" residue weight table is selected as the default. Percent identity is reported by CLUSTAL V as the "percent similarity " between aligned polynucleotide sequence pairs.
  • NCBI National Center for Biotechnology Information
  • BLAST Basic Local Alignment Search Tool
  • the BLAST software suite includes various sequence analysis programs including "blastn, " that is used to align a known polynucleotide sequence with other polynucleotide sequences from a variety of databases. Also available is a tool called “BLAST 2 Sequences” that is used for direct pairwise comparison of two nucleotide sequences. "BLAST 2 Sequences " can be accessed and used interactively at http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/gorf/bl2.html. The "BLAST 2 Sequences” tool can be used for both blastn and blastp (discussed below). BLAST programs are commonly used with gap and other parameters set to default settings. For example, to compare two nucleotide sequences, one may use blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences” tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) set at default parameters. Such default parameters may be, for example:
  • Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ID number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70. at least 100, or at least 200 contiguous nucleotides.
  • Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures, or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
  • nucleic acid sequences that do not show a high degree of identity may nevertheless encode similar amino acid sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. It is understood that changes in a nucleic acid sequence can be made using this degeneracy to produce multiple nucleic acid sequences that all encode substantially the same protein.
  • percent identity and % identity refer to the percentage of residue matches between at least two polypeptide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm.
  • Methods of polypeptide sequence alignment are well-known. Some alignment methods take into account conservative amino acid substitutions. Such conservative substitutions, explained in more detail above, generally preserve the hydrophobicity and acidity at the site of substitution, thus preserving the structure (and therefore function) of the polypeptide.
  • NCBI BLAST software suite may be used.
  • BLAST 2 Sequences Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) with blastp set at default parameters.
  • Such default parameters may be, for example: Matrix: BLOSUM62
  • Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined polypeptide sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ID number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined polypeptide sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 15, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70 or at least 150 contiguous residues.
  • Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
  • HACs Human artificial chromosomes
  • HACs are linear microchromosomes which may contain DNA sequences of about 6 kb to 10 Mb in size, and which contain all of the elements required for stable mitotic chromosome segregation and maintenance.
  • humanized antibody refers to antibody molecules in which the amino acid sequence in the non-antigen binding regions has been altered so that the antibody more closely resembles a human antibody, and still retains its original binding ability.
  • Hybridization refers to the process by which a polynucleotide strand anneals with a complementary strand through base pairing under defined hybridization conditions. Specific hybridization is an indication that two nucleic acid sequences share a high degree of identity. Specific hybridization complexes form under permissive annealing conditions and remain hybridized after the "washing" step(s). The washing step(s) is particularly important in determining the stringency of the hybridization process, with more stringent conditions allowing less non-specific binding, i.e., binding between pairs of nucleic acid strands that are not perfectly matched.
  • Permissive conditions for annealing of nucleic acid sequences are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art and may be consistent among hybridization experiments, whereas wash conditions may be varied among experiments to achieve the desired stringency, and therefore hybridization specificity. Permissive annealing conditions occur, for example, at 68 °C in the presence of about 6 x SSC, about 1 % (w/v) SDS, and about 100 ⁇ g/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA.
  • stringency of hybridization is expressed, in part, with reference to the temperature under which the wash step is carried out.
  • wash temperatures are selected to be about 5°C to 20°C lower than the thermal melting point (TJ for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH.
  • T m is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe.
  • High stringency conditions for hybridization between polynucleotides of the present invention include wash conditions of 68°C in the presence of about 0.2 x SSC and about 0.1 % SDS, for 1 hour. Alternatively, temperatures of about 65°C, 60°C, 55°C, or 42°C may be used. SSC concentration may be varied from about 0.1 to 2 x SSC, with SDS being present at about 0.1 %.
  • blocking reagents are used to block non-specific hybridization. Such blocking reagents include, for instance, denatured salmon sperm DNA at about 100-200 ⁇ g/ml.
  • Organic solvent such as formamide at a concentration of about 35-50% v/v
  • RNA:DNA hybridizations Useful variations on these wash conditions will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • Hybridization particularly under high stringency conditions, may be suggestive of evolutionary similarity between the nucleotides. Such similarity is strongly indicative of a similar role for the nucleotides and their encoded polypeptides.
  • hybridization complex refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acid sequences by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary bases.
  • a hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C 0 t or R 0 t analysis) or formed between one nucleic acid sequence present in solution and another nucleic acid sequence immobilized on a solid support (e.g., paper, membranes, filters, chips, pins or glass slides, or any other appropriate substrate to which cells or their nucleic acids have been fixed).
  • insertion and “addition” refer to changes in an amino acid or nucleotide sequence resulting in the addition of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
  • Immuno response can refer to conditions associated with inflammation, trauma, immune disorders, or infectious or genetic disease, etc. These conditions can be characterized by expression of various factors, e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and other signaling molecules, which may affect cellular and systemic defense systems.
  • factors e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and other signaling molecules, which may affect cellular and systemic defense systems.
  • an “immunogenic fragment” is a polypeptide or oligopeptide fragment of EXMAD which is capable of eliciting an immune response when introduced into a living organism, for example, a mammal.
  • the term “immunogenic fragment” also includes any polypeptide or oligopeptide fragment of EXMAD which is useful in any of the antibody production methods disclosed herein or known in the art.
  • microarray refers to an arrangement of distinct polynucleotides on a substrate.
  • element and “array element” in a microarray context, refer to hybridizable polynucleotides arranged on the surface of a substrate.
  • nucleic acid and “nucleic acid sequence” refer to a nucleotide, oligonucleotide, polynucleotide, or any fragment thereof. These phrases also refer to DNA or RNA of genomic or synthetic origin which may be single-stranded or double-stranded and may represent the sense or the antisense strand, to peptide nucleic acid (PNA), or to any DNA-like or RNA-like material.
  • PNA peptide nucleic acid
  • operably linked refers to the situation in which a first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with the second nucleic acid sequence.
  • a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence.
  • operably linked DNA sequences may be in close proximity or contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, in the same reading frame.
  • PNA protein nucleic acid
  • PNA refers to an antisense molecule or anti-gene agent which comprises an oligonucleotide of at least about 5 nucleotides in length linked to a peptide backbone of amino acid residues ending in lysine. The terminal lysine confers solubility to the composition. PNAs preferentially bind complementary single stranded DNA or RNA and stop transcript elongation, and may be pegylated to extend their lifespan in the cell.
  • Probe refers to nucleic acid sequences encoding EXMAD, their complements, or fragments thereof, which are used to detect identical, allelic or related nucleic acid sequences.
  • Probes are isolated oligonucleotides or polynucleotides attached to a detectable label or reporter molecule. Typical labels include radioactive isotopes, ligands, chemiluminescent agents, and enzymes.
  • Primary are short nucleic acids, usually DNA oligonucleotides, which may be annealed to a target polynucleotide by complementary base-pairing. The primer may then be extended along the target DNA strand by a DNA polymerase enzyme. Primer pairs can be used for amplification (and identification) of a nucleic acid sequence, e.g., by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Probes and primers as used in the present invention typically comprise at least 15 contiguous nucleotides of a known sequence. In order to enhance specificity, longer probes and primers may also be employed, such as probes and primers that comprise at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or at least 150 consecutive nucleotides of the disclosed nucleic acid sequences. Probes and primers may be considerably longer than these examples, and it is understood that any length supported by the specification, including the tables, figures, and Sequence Listing, may be used.
  • PCR primer pairs can be derived from a known sequence, for example, by using computer programs intended for that purpose such as Primer (Version 0.5, 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge MA). Oligonucleotides for use as primers are selected using software known in the art for such purpose.
  • OLIGO 4.06 software is useful for the selection of PCR primer pairs of up to 100 nucleotides each, and for the analysis of oligonucleotides and larger polynucleotides of up to 5,000 nucleotides from an input polynucleotide sequence of up to 32 kilobases.
  • Similar primer selection programs have incorporated additional features for expanded capabilities.
  • the PrimOU primer selection program (available to the public from the Genome Center at University of Texas South West Medical Center, Dallas TX) is capable of choosing specific primers from megabase sequences and is thus useful for designing primers on a genome- wide scope.
  • the Primer3 primer selection program (available to the public from the Whitehead Institute/MIT Center for Genome Research, Cambridge MA) allows the user to input a "mispriming library," in which sequences to avoid as primer binding sites are user-specified. Primer3 is useful, in particular, for the selection of oligonucleotides for microarrays. (The source code for the latter two primer selection programs may also be obtained from their respective sources and modified to meet the user's specific needs.)
  • the PrimeGen program (available to the public from the UK Human Genome Mapping Project Resource Centre, Cambridge UK) designs primers based on multiple sequence alignments, thereby allowing selection of primers that hybridize to either the most conserved or least conserved regions of aligned nucleic acid sequences.
  • this program is useful for identification of both unique and conserved oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments.
  • the oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments identified by any of the above selection methods are useful in hybridization technologies, for example, as PCR or sequencing primers, microarray elements, or specific probes to identify fully or partially complementary
  • a "recombinant nucleic acid” is a sequence that is not naturally occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two or more otherwise separated segments of sequence. This artificial combination is often accomplished by chemical synthesis or, more commonly, by the artificial manipulation of isolated segments of nucleic acids, e.g., by genetic engineering techniques such as those described in Sambrook, supra.
  • the term recombinant includes nucleic acids that have been altered solely by addition, substitution, or deletion of a portion of the nucleic acid.
  • a recombinant nucleic acid may include a nucleic acid sequence operably linked to a promoter sequence. Such a recombinant nucleic acid may be part of a vector that is used, for example, to transform a cell.
  • such recombinant nucleic acids may be part of a viral vector, e.g., based on a vaccinia virus, that could be use to vaccinate a mammal wherein the recombinant nucleic acid is expressed, inducing a protective immunological response in the mammal.
  • RNA equivalent in reference to a DNA sequence, is composed of the same linear sequence of nucleotides as the reference DNA sequence with the exception that all occurrences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
  • sample is used in its broadest sense.
  • a sample suspected of containing nucleic acids encoding EXMAD, or fragments thereof, or EXMAD itself, may comprise a bodily fluid; an extract from a cell, chromosome, organelle, or membrane isolated from a cell; a cell; genomic DNA, RNA, or cDNA, in solution or bound to a substrate; a tissue; a tissue print; etc.
  • binding and “specifically binding” refer to that interaction between a protein or peptide and an agonist, an antibody, an antagonist, a small molecule, or any natural or synthetic binding composition. The interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure of the protein, e.g., the antigenic determinant or epitope, recognized by the binding molecule. For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope "A,” the presence of a polypeptide containing the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction containing free labeled A and the antibody will reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody.
  • substantially purified refers to nucleic acid or amino acid sequences that are removed from their natural environment and are isolated or separated, and are at least 60% free, preferably at least 75% free, and most preferably at least 90% free from other components with which they are naturally associated.
  • Substrate refers to any suitable rigid or semi-rigid support including membranes, filters, chips, slides, wafers, fibers, magnetic or nonmagnetic beads, gels, tubing, plates, polymers, microparticles and capillaries.
  • the substrate can have a variety of surface forms, such as wells, trenches, pins, channels and pores, to which polynucleotides or polypeptides are bound.
  • Transformation describes a process by which exogenous DNA enters and changes a recipient cell.
  • Transformation may occur under natural or artificial conditions according to various methods well known in the art, and may rely on any known method for the insertion of foreign nucleic acid sequences into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell.
  • the method for transformation is selected based on the type of host cell being transformed and may include, but is not limited to, viral infection, electroporation, heat shock, lipofection, and particle bombardment.
  • the term "transformed" cells includes stably transformed cells in which the inserted DNA is capable of replication either as an autonomously replicating plasmid or as part of the host chromosome, as well as transiently transformed cells which express the inserted DNA or RNA for limited periods of time.
  • a "transgenic organism,” as used herein, is any organism, including but not limited to animals and plants, in which one or more of the cells of the organism contains heterologous nucleic acid introduced by way of human intervention, such as by transgenic techniques well known in the art.
  • the nucleic acid is introduced into the cell, directly or indirectly by introduction into a precursor of the cell, by way of deliberate genetic manipulation, such as by microinjection or by infection with a recombinant virus.
  • the term genetic manipulation does not include classical cross-breeding, or in vitro fertilization, but rather is directed to the introduction of a recombinant DNA molecule.
  • the transgenic organisms contemplated in accordance with the present invention include bacteria, cyanobacteria, fungi, and plants and animals.
  • the isolated DNA of the present invention can be introduced into the host by methods known in the art, for example infection, transfection, transformation or transconjugation. Techniques for transferring the DNA of the present invention into such organisms are widely known and provided in references such as Sambrook et al. (1989), supra.
  • a “variant" of a particular nucleic acid sequence is defined as a nucleic acid sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular nucleic acid sequence over a certain length of one of the nucleic acid sequences using blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences " tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) set at default parameters.
  • Such a pair of nucleic acids may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or at least 98% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length.
  • a variant may be described as, for example, an "allelic” (as defined above), “splice,” “species, “ or “polymorphic” variant.
  • a splice variant may have significant identity to a reference molecule, but will generally have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to alternate splicing of exons during mRNA processing.
  • the corresponding polypeptide may possess additional functional domains or lack domains that are present in the reference molecule.
  • Species variants are polynucleotide sequences that vary from one species to another. The resulting polypeptides generally will have significant amino acid identity relative to each other.
  • a polymorphic variant is a variation in the polynucleotide sequence of a particular gene between individuals of a given species.
  • Polymorphic variants also may encompass "single nucleotide polymorphisms" (SNPs) in which the polynucleotide sequence varies by one nucleotide base.
  • SNPs single nucleotide polymorphisms
  • the presence of SNPs may be indicative of, for example, a certain population, a disease state, or a propensity for a disease state.
  • a "variant" of a particular polypeptide sequence is defined as a polypeptide sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular polypeptide sequence over a certain length of one of the polypeptide sequences using blastp with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) set at default parameters.
  • Such a pair of polypeptides may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length of one of the polypeptides.
  • the invention is based on the discovery of new human extracellular matrix and adhesion- associated proteins (EXMAD), the polynucleotides encoding EXMAD, and the use of these compositions for the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of cell proliferative, immune, reproductive, neuronal, and genetic disorders.
  • EXMAD extracellular matrix and adhesion- associated proteins
  • Table 1 lists the Incyte clones used to assemble full length nucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD. Columns 1 and 2 show the sequence identification numbers (SEQ ID NOs) of the polypeptide and nucleotide sequences, respectively. Column 3 shows the clone IDs of the Incyte clones in which nucleic acids encoding each EXMAD were identified, and column 4 shows the cDNA libraries from which these clones were isolated. Column 5 shows Incyte clones and their corresponding cDNA libraries. Clones for which cDNA libraries are not indicated were derived from pooled cDNA libraries. In some cases, GenBank sequence identifiers are also shown in column 5. The Incyte clones and GenBank cDNA sequences, where indicated, in column 5 were used to assemble the consensus nucleotide sequence of each EXMAD and are useful as fragments in hybridization technologies.
  • column 1 references the SEQ ID NO; column 2 shows the number of amino acid residues in each polypeptide; column 3 shows potential phosphorylation sites; column 4 shows potential glycosylation sites; column 5 shows the amino acid residues comprising signature sequences and motifs: column 6 shows homologous sequences as identified by BLAST analysis; and column 7 shows analytical methods and in some cases, searchable databases to which the analytical methods were applied. The methods of column 7 were used to characterize each polypeptide through sequence homology and protein motifs.
  • the columns of Table 3 show the tissue-specificity and diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with nucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD.
  • the first column of Table 3 lists the nucleotide SEQ ID NOs.
  • Column 2 lists fragments of the nucleotide sequences of column 1. These fragments are useful, for example, in hybridization or amplification technologies to identify SEQ ID NO:26-50 and to distinguish between SEQ ID NO:26-50 and related polynucleotide sequences. The polypeptides encoded by these fragments are useful, for example, as immunogenic peptides.
  • Column 3 lists tissue categories which express EXMAD as a fraction of total tissues expressing EXMAD.
  • Column 4 lists diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with those tissues expressing EXMAD as a fraction of total tissues expressing EXMAD.
  • Column 5 lists the vectors used to subclone each cDNA library.
  • Table 4 show descriptions of the tissues used to construct the cDNA libraries from which cDNA clones encoding EXMAD were isolated.
  • Column 1 references the nucleotide SEQ ID NOs
  • column 2 shows the cDNA libraries from which these clones were isolated
  • column 3 shows the tissue origins and other descriptive information relevant to the cDNA libraries in column 2.
  • SEQ ID NO:42 maps to chromosome 8 within the interval from 64.60 to 90.20 centiMorgans.
  • SEQ ID NO:48 maps to chromosome 2 within the interval from 193.60 to 197.60 centiMorgans.
  • the invention also encompasses EXMAD variants.
  • a preferred EXMAD variant is one which has at least about 80%, or alternatively at least about 90%, or even at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity to the EXMAD amino acid sequence, and which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of EXMAD.
  • the invention also encompasses polynucleotides which encode EXMAD.
  • the invention encompasses a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50, which encodes EXMAD.
  • polynucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:26-50 as presented in the Sequence Listing, embrace the equivalent RNA sequences, wherein occurrences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
  • the invention also encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide sequence encoding EXMAD.
  • a variant polynucleotide sequence will have at least about 80%, or alternatively at least about 90%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to the polynucleotide sequence encoding EXMAD.
  • a particular aspect of the invention encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50 which has at least about 80%, or alternatively at least about 90%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to a nucleic acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50.
  • any one of the polynucleotide variants described above can encode an amino acid sequence which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of EXMAD. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that as a result of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a multitude of polynucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD. some bearing minimal similarity to the polynucleotide sequences of any known and naturally occurring gene, may be produced. Thus, the invention contemplates each and every possible variation of polynucleotide sequence that could be made by selecting combinations based on possible codon choices. These combinations are made in accordance with the standard triplet genetic code as applied to the polynucleotide sequence of naturally occurring EXMAD, and all such variations are to be considered as being specifically disclosed.
  • nucleotide sequences which encode EXMAD and its variants are generally capable of hybridizing to the nucleotide sequence of the naturally occurring EXMAD under appropriately selected conditions of stringency, it may be advantageous to produce nucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD or its derivatives possessing a substantially different codon usage, e.g., inclusion of non-naturally occurring codons. Codons may be selected to increase the rate at which expression of the peptide occurs in a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host in accordance with the frequency with which particular codons are utilized by the host.
  • RNA transcripts having more desirable properties such as a greater half-life, than transcripts produced from the naturally occurring sequence.
  • the invention also encompasses production of DNA sequences which encode EXMAD and EXMAD derivatives, or fragments thereof, entirely by synthetic chemistry.
  • the synthetic sequence may be inserted into any of the many available expression vectors and cell systems using reagents well known in the art.
  • synthetic chemistry may be used to introduce mutations into a sequence encoding EXMAD or any fragment thereof.
  • polynucleotide sequences that are capable of hybridizing to the claimed polynucleotide sequences, and, in particular, to those shown in SEQ ID NO:26-50 and fragments thereof under various conditions of stringency.
  • Hybridization conditions including annealing and wash conditions, are described in "Definitions.”
  • Methods for DNA sequencing are well known in the art and may be used to practice any of the embodiments of the invention.
  • the methods may employ such enzymes as the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I, SEQUENASE (US Biochemical, Cleveland OH), Taq polymerase (Per kin-Elmer), thermostable T7 polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway NJ), or combinations of polymerases and proofreading exonucleases such as those found in the ELONGASE amplification system (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg MD).
  • sequence preparation is automated with machines such as the MICROLAB 2200 Uquid transfer system (Hamilton, Reno NV), PTC200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Watertown MA) and ABI CATALYST 800 thermal cycler (Perkin-Elmer). Sequencing is then carried out using either the ABI 373 or 377 DNA sequencing system (Perkin- Elmer), the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Molecular Dynamics, Sunnyvale CA), or other systems known in the art. The resulting sequences are analyzed using a variety of algorithms which are well known in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, F.M. (1997) Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York NY, unit 7.7; Meyers, R.A. (1995) Molecular Biology and Biotechnology. Wiley VCH, New York NY, pp. 856-853.)
  • the nucleic acid sequences encoding EXMAD may be extended utilizing a partial nucleotide sequence and employing various PCR-based methods known in the art to detect upstream sequences, such as promoters and regulatory elements.
  • restriction-site PCR uses universal and nested primers to amplify unknown sequence from genomic DNA within a cloning vector.
  • inverse PCR uses primers that extend in divergent directions to amplify unknown sequence from a circularized template.
  • the template is derived from restriction fragments comprising a known genomic locus and surrounding sequences.
  • a third method, capture PCR involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to known sequences in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA.
  • capture PCR involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to known sequences in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA.
  • multiple restriction enzyme digestions and ligations may be used to insert an engineered double-stranded sequence into a region of unknown sequence before performing PCR.
  • Other methods which may be used to retrieve unknown sequences are known in the art. (See, e.g., Parker, J.D. et al. (1991) Nucleic Acids Res.
  • primers may be designed using commercially available software, such as OLIGO 4.06 Primer Analysis software (National Biosciences, Plymouth MN) or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the template at temperatures of about 68°C to 72°C.
  • OLIGO 4.06 Primer Analysis software National Biosciences, Plymouth MN
  • anneal to the template at temperatures of about 68°C to 72°C.
  • Genomic libraries may be useful for extension of sequence into 5' non-transcribed regulatory regions.
  • Capillary electrophoresis systems which are commercially available may be used to analyze the size or confirm the nucleotide sequence of sequencing or PCR products.
  • capillary sequencing may employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different nucleotide- specific, laser-stimulated fluorescent dyes, and a charge coupled device camera for detection of the emitted wavelengths.
  • Output/light intensity may be converted to electrical signal using appropriate software (e.g., GENOTYPER and SEQUENCE NAVIGATOR, Perkin-Elmer), and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display may be computer controlled. Capillary electrophoresis is especially preferable for sequencing small DNA fragments which may be present in limited amounts in a particular sample.
  • polynucleotide sequences or fragments thereof which encode EXMAD may be cloned in recombinant DNA molecules that direct expression of EXMAD, or fragments or functional equivalents thereof, in appropriate host cells.
  • nucleotide sequences of the present invention can be engineered using methods generally known in the art in order to alter EXMAD-encoding sequences for a variety of purposes including, but not Umited to, modification of the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the gene product.
  • DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides may be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences.
  • oligonucleotide- mediated site-directed mutagenesis may be used to introduce mutations that create new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, and so forth.
  • the nucleotides of the present invention may be subjected to DNA shuffling techniques such as MOLECULARB REEDING (Maxygen Inc., Santa Clara CA: described in U.S. Patent Number 5,837,458: Chang, C.-C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:793-797; Christians, F.C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:259-264; and Crameri, A. et al. (1996) Nat. Biotechnol. 14:315-319) to alter or improve the biological properties of EXMAD, such as its biological or enzymatic activity or its ability to bind to other molecules or compounds.
  • MOLECULARB REEDING Maxygen Inc., Santa Clara CA: described in U.S. Patent Number 5,837,458: Chang, C.-C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:793-797; Christians, F.C.
  • DNA shuffling is a process by which a library of gene variants is produced using PCR-mediated recombination of gene fragments. The library is then subjected to selection or screening procedures that identify those gene variants with the desired properties. These preferred variants may then be pooled and further subjected to recursive rounds of DNA shuffling and selection/screening.
  • genetic diversity is created through "artificial" breeding and rapid molecular evolution. For example, fragments of a single gene containing random point mutations may be recombined, screened, and then reshuffled until the desired properties are optimized. Alternatively, fragments of a given gene may be recombined with fragments of homologous genes in the same gene family, either from the same or different species, thereby maximizing the genetic diversity of multiple naturally occurring genes in a directed and controllable manner.
  • sequences encoding EXMAD may be synthesized, in whole or in part, using chemical methods well known in the art.
  • chemical methods See, e.g., Caruthers, M.H. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:215-223; and Horn, T. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:225-232.
  • EXMAD itself or a fragment thereof may be synthesized using chemical methods.
  • peptide synthesis can be performed using various solid-phase techniques. (See, e.g., Roberge, J.Y. et al.
  • the peptide may be substantially purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography. (See, e.g., Chiez, R.M. and F.Z. Regnier (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:392-421.)
  • the composition of the synthetic peptides may be confirmed by amino acid analysis or by sequencing. (See, e.g., Creighton, T. (1984) Proteins, Structures and Molecular Properties, WH Freeman, New York NY.)
  • the nucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD or derivatives thereof may be inserted into an appropriate expression vector, i.e., a vector which contains the necessary elements for transcriptional and translational control of the inserted coding sequence in a suitable host.
  • these elements include regulatory sequences, such as enhancers, constitutive and inducible promoters, and 5' and 3' untranslated regions in the vector and in polynucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD. Such elements may vary in their strength and specificity.
  • Specific initiation signals may also be used to achieve more efficient translation of sequences encoding EXMAD. Such signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences, e.g.
  • a variety of expression vector/host systems may be utilized to contain and express sequences encoding EXMAD. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors; insect cell systems infected with viral expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus); plant cell systems fransformed with viral expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV, or tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids); or animal cell systems.
  • the invention is not limited by the host cell employed.
  • a number of cloning and expression vectors may be selected depending upon the use intended for polynucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD.
  • routine cloning, subcloning, and propagation of polynucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD can be achieved using a multifunctional E. coli vector such as PBLUESCRIPT (Stratagene, La Jolla CA) or PSPORTl plasmid (Life Technologies). Ligation of sequences encoding EXMAD into the vector's multiple cloning site disrupts the lacZ gene, allowing a colorimetric screening procedure for identification of transformed bacteria containing recombinant molecules.
  • these vectors may be useful for in vitro transcription, ideoxy sequencing, single strand rescue with helper phage, and creation of nested deletions in the cloned sequence.
  • WTien large quantities of EXMAD are needed, e.g. for the production of antibodies, vectors which direct high level expression of EXMAD may be used.
  • vectors containing the strong, inducible T5 or T7 bacteriophage promoter may be used.
  • Yeast expression systems may be used for production of EXMAD.
  • a number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters may be used in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae or Pichia pastoris.
  • constitutive or inducible promoters such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH promoters
  • such vectors direct either the secretion or intracellular retention of expressed proteins and enable integration of foreign sequences into the host genome for stable propagation.
  • Plant systems may also be used for expression of EXMAD. Transcription of sequences encoding EXMAD may be driven viral promoters, e.g., the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV (Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J. 3:17-311). Alternatively, plant promoters such as the small subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters may be used. (See, e.g., Coruzzi, G. et al. (1984) EMBO J. 3:1671-1680; Broglie. R. et al. (1984) Science 224:838-843; and Winter, J. et al. (1991) Results Probl.
  • a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized.
  • sequences encoding EXMAD may be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex consisting of the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non-essential El or E3 region of the viral genome may be used to obtain infective virus which expresses EXMAD in host cells.
  • transcription enhancers such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, may be used to increase expression in mammalian host cells.
  • SV40 or EBV- based vectors may also be used for high-level protein expression.
  • Human artificial chromosomes (HACs) may also be employed to deliver larger fragments of
  • DNA than can be contained in and expressed from a plasmid.
  • HACs of about 6 kb to 10 Mb are constructed and deUvered via conventional delivery methods (liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles) for therapeutic purposes.
  • liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles for therapeutic purposes.
  • stable expression of EXMAD in cell lines is preferred.
  • sequences encoding EXMAD can be fransformed into cell lines using expression vectors which may contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector.
  • cells may be allowed to grow for about 1 to 2 days in enriched media before being switched to selective media.
  • the purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to a selective agent, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells which successfully express the introduced sequences.
  • Resistant clones of stably transformed cells may be propagated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type.
  • selection systems may be used to recover transformed cell lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase genes, for use in tk and apr cells, respectively. (See, e.g., Wigler, M. et al. (1977) Cell 11:223-232; Lowy, I. et al. (1980) Cell 22:817-823.) Also, antimetabolite, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection.
  • dhfr confers resistance to methotrexate
  • neo confers resistance to the aminoglycosides neomycin and G-418:
  • als and pat confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively.
  • Additional selectable genes have been described, e.g., trpB and hisD, which alter cellular requirements for metaboUtes.
  • Visible markers e.g., anthocyanins, green fluorescent proteins (GFP; Clontech), ⁇ glucuronidase and its substrate ⁇ -glucuronide, or luciferase and its substrate luciferin may be used. These markers can be used not only to identify transformants, but also to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system. (See, e.g., Rhodes, CA. (1995) Methods Mol. Biol. 55:121-131.)
  • marker gene expression suggests that the gene of interest is also present, the presence and expression of the gene may need to be confirmed.
  • sequence encoding EXMAD is inserted within a marker gene sequence
  • transformed cells containing sequences encoding EXMAD can be identified by the absence of marker gene function.
  • a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding EXMAD under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of the tandem gene as well.
  • host cells that contain the nucleic acid sequence encoding EXMAD and that express EXMAD may be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridizations, PCR amplification, and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques which include membrane, solution, or chip based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of nucleic acid or protein sequences. Immunological methods for detecting and measuring the expression of EXMAD using either specific polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies are known in the art. Examples of such techniques include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs). radioimmunoassays (RIAs). and fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS).
  • ELISAs enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays
  • RIAs radioimmunoassays
  • FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
  • a two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on EXMAD is preferred, but a competitive binding assay may be employed.
  • These and other assays are well known in the art. (See, e.g., Hampton, R. et al. (1990) Serological Methods, a Laboratory Manual. APS Press, St. Paul MN, Sect. IV; Coligan, J.E. et al. (1997) Current Protocols in Immunology. Greene Pub. Associates and Wiley-Interscience, New York NY; and Pound, J.D.
  • Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding EXMAD include oligolabeling, nick translation, end L labeling, or PCR amplification using a labeled nucleotide.
  • sequences encoding EXMAD, or any fragments thereof may be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe.
  • RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6 and labeled nucleotides.
  • T7, T3, or SP6 RNA polymerase
  • reporter molecules or labels which may be used for ease of detection include radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents, as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
  • Host cells transformed with nucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from cell culture.
  • the protein produced by a transformed cell may be secreted or retained intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used.
  • expression vectors containing polynucleotides which encode EXMAD may be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of EXMAD through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane.
  • a host cell strain may be chosen for its ability to modulate expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed protein in the desired fashion.
  • modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, lipidation, and acylation.
  • Post-translational processing which cleaves a "prepro” or "pro” form of the protein may also be used to specify protein targeting, folding, and/or activity.
  • Different host cells which have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities (e.g., CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK293, and WI38) are available from the American Type Culture
  • ATCC Manassas VA
  • UCC Manassas VA
  • natural, modified, or recombinant nucleic acid sequences encoding EXMAD may be ligated to a heterologous sequence resulting in translation of a fusion protein in any of the aforementioned host systems.
  • a chimeric EXMAD protein containing a heterologous moiety that can be recognized by a commercially available antibody may facilitate the screening of peptide libraries for inhibitors of EXMAD activity.
  • Heterologous protein and peptide moieties may also facilitate purification of fusion proteins using commercially available affinity matrices.
  • Such moieties include, but are not limited to, glutathione S-fransferase (GST), maltose binding protein (MBP), thioredoxin (Trx), calmodulin binding peptide (CBP), 6-His, FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA).
  • GST, MBP, Trx, CBP, and 6-His enable purification of their cognate fusion proteins on immobilized glutathione, maltose, phenylarsine oxide, calmodulin, and metal-chelate resins, respectively.
  • FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA) enable immunoaffinity purification of fusion proteins using commercially available monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies that specifically recognize these epitope tags.
  • a fusion protein may also be engineered to contain a proteolytic cleavage site located between the EXMAD encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that EXMAD may be cleaved away from the heterologous moiety following purification. Methods for fusion protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel (1995, supra, ch. 10). A variety of commercially available kits may also be used to facilitate expression and purification of fusion proteins.
  • synthesis of radiolabeled EXMAD may be achieved in vitro using the TNT rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheat germ extract system (Promega). These systems couple transcription and translation of protein-coding sequences operably associated with the T7, T3, or SP6 promoters. Translation takes place in the presence of a radiolabeled amino acid precursor, for example, 3:, S-methionine.
  • Fragments of EXMAD may be produced not only by recombinant means, but also by direct peptide synthesis using solid-phase techniques. (See, e.g.. Creighton, supra, pp. 55-60.) Protein synthesis may be performed by manual techniques or by automation. Automated synthesis may be achieved, for example, using the ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer (Perkin-Elmer). Various fragments of EXMAD may be synthesized separately and then combined to produce the full length molecule. THERAPEUTICS
  • EXMAD Chemical and structural similarity, e.g., in the context of sequences and motifs, exists between regions of EXMAD and extracellular matrix and adhesion-associated proteins.
  • the expression of EXMAD is closely associated with cancerous, proliferating, inflamed, nervous, reproductive, urologic, hematopoietic/immune, cardiovascular, musculoskeletal, developmental, and gastrointestinal tissues, and with cell proliferative disorders, including cancer, inflammation and the immune response. Therefore, EXMAD appears to play a role in cell proliferative, immune, reproductive, neuronal, and genetic disorders.
  • EXMAD or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of EXMAD.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, a cell proliferative disorder, such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, a cancer of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone marrow, brain, breast, cervix, gall bladder, ganglia, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney
  • a vector capable of expressing EXMAD or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of EXMAD including, but not limited to, those described above.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a substantially purified EXMAD in conjunction with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of EXMAD including, but not limited to, those provided above.
  • an agonist which modulates the activity of EXMAD may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of EXMAD including, but not limited to, those listed above.
  • an antagonist of EXMAD may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of EXMAD.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, those cell proliferative, immune, reproductive, neuronal, and genetic disorders described above.
  • an antibody which specifically binds EXMAD may be used directly as an antagonist or indirectly as a targeting or delivery mechanism for bringing a pharmaceutical agent to cells or tissues which express EXMAD.
  • a vector expressing the complement of the polynucleotide encoding EXMAD may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of EXMAD including, but not limited to, those described above.
  • any of the proteins, antagonists, antibodies, agonists, complementary sequences, or vectors of the invention may be administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents. Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy may be made by one of ordinary skill in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical principles.
  • the combination of therapeutic agents may act synergistically to effect the treatment or prevention of the various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects.
  • EXMAD An antagonist of EXMAD may be produced using methods which are generally known in the art.
  • purified EXMAD may be used to produce antibodies or to screen libraries of pharmaceutical agents to identify those which specifically bind EXMAD.
  • Antibodies to EXMAD may also be generated using methods that are well known in the art. Such antibodies may include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, and single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, and fragments produced by a Fab expression library. Neutralizing antibodies (i.e., those which inhibit dimer formation) are generally preferred for therapeutic use.
  • various hosts including goats, rabbits, rats, mice, humans, and others may be immunized by injection with EXMAD or with any fragment or oligopeptide thereof which has immunogenic properties.
  • various adjuvants may be used to increase immunological response.
  • adjuvants include, but are not limited to, Freund ' s, mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, and surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, KLH, and dinitrophenol.
  • BCG Bacilli Calmette-Guerin
  • Corynebacterium parvum are especially preferable.
  • the oligopeptides, peptides, or fragments used to induce antibodies to EXMAD have an amino acid sequence consisting of at least about 5 amino acids, and generally will consist of at least about 10 amino acids. It is also preferable that these oligopeptides, peptides, or fragments are identical to a portion of the amino acid sequence of the natural protein and contain the entire amino acid sequence of a small, naturally occurring molecule. Short stretches of EXMAD amino acids may be fused with those of another protein, such as KLH, and antibodies to the chimeric molecule may be produced.
  • Monoclonal antibodies to EXMAD may be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture. These include, but are not Umited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B-cell hybridoma technique, and the EBV-hybridoma technique.
  • the hybridoma technique the human B-cell hybridoma technique
  • the EBV-hybridoma technique See, e.g., Kohler, G. et al. (1975) Nature 256:495-497; Kozbor, D. et al. (1985) J. Immunol. Methods 81:31-42; Cote, R.J. et al. (1983) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:2026-2030; and Cole, S.P. et al. (1984) Mol. Cell Biol. 62:109-120.
  • Antibodies with related specificity, but of distinct idiotypic composition may be generated by chain shuffling from random combinatorial immunoglobulin libraries. (See, e.g., Burton, D.R. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:10134-10137.)
  • Antibodies may also be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin libraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents as disclosed in the literature. (See, e.g., Orlandi, R. et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833-3837; Winter. G. et al. (1991) Nature 349:293-299.)
  • Antibody fragments which contain specific binding sites for EXMAD may also be generated.
  • fragments include, but are not limited to, F(ab') 2 fragments produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and Fab fragments generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab ! )2 fragments.
  • Fab expression libraries may be constructed to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity. (See, e.g., Huse, W.D. et al. (1989) Science 246:1275-1281.)
  • immunoassays may be used for screening to identify antibodies having the desired specificity.
  • Numerous protocols for competitive binding or immunoradiomefric assays using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies with established specificities are well known in the art.
  • Such immunoassays typically involve the measurement of complex formation between EXMAD and its specific antibody.
  • a two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering EXMAD epitopes is generally used, but a competitive binding assay may also be employed (Pound, supra).
  • K ⁇ is defined as the molar concentration of EXMAD-antibody complex divided by the molar concentrations of free antigen and free antibody under equilibrium conditions.
  • K a determined for a preparation of polyclonal antibodies, which are heterogeneous in their affinities for multiple EXMAD epitopes, represents the average affinity, or avidity, of the antibodies for EXMAD.
  • the K, determined for a preparation of monoclonal antibodies, which are monospecific for a particular EXMAD epitope represents a true measure of affinity.
  • High-affinity antibody preparations with K d ranging from about 10 9 to 10 12 L/mole are preferred for use in immunoassays in which the EXMAD- antibody complex must withstand rigorous manipulations.
  • Low-affinity antibody preparations with K a ranging from about 10 6 to 10 7 L/mole are preferred for use in immunopurification and similar procedures which ultimately require dissociation of EXMAD, preferably in active form, from the antibody (Catty, D. (1988) Antibodies, Volume I: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, Washington, DC; Liddell, J.E. and Cryer, A. (1991) A Practical Guide to Monoclonal Antibodies, John Wiley & Sons, New York NY).
  • polyclonal antibody preparations may be further evaluated to determine the quality and suitability of such preparations for certain downstream applications.
  • a polyclonal antibody preparation containing at least 1-2 mg specific antibody/ml, preferably 5-10 mg specific antibody/ml is generally employed in procedures requiring precipitation of EXMAD-antibody complexes.
  • Procedures for evaluating antibody specificity, titer, and avidity, and guidelines for antibody quality and usage in various applications, are generally available. (See, e.g., Catty, supra, and Coligan et al. supra.)
  • the polynucleotides encoding EXMAD, or any fragment or complement thereof may be used for therapeutic purposes.
  • the complement of the polynucleotide encoding EXMAD may be used in situations in which it would be desirable to block the transcription of the mRNA.
  • cells may be transformed with sequences complementary to polynucleotides encoding EXMAD.
  • complementary molecules or fragments may be used to modulate EXMAD activity, or to achieve regulation of gene function.
  • sense or antisense oligonucleotides or larger fragments can be designed from various locations along the coding or control regions of sequences encoding EXMAD.
  • Expression vectors derived from retroviruses, adenoviruses, or herpes or vaccinia viruses, or from various bacterial plasmids may be used for delivery of nucleotide sequences to the targeted organ, tissue, or cell population. Methods which are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct vectors to express nucleic acid sequences complementary to the polynucleotides encoding EXMAD. (See, e.g., Sambrook, supra; Ausubel, 1995, supra.)
  • Genes encoding EXMAD can be turned off by transforming a cell or tissue with expression vectors which express high levels of a polynucleotide, or fragment thereof, encoding EXMAD. Such constructs may be used to introduce untranslatable sense or antisense sequences into a cell. Even in the absence of integration into the DNA, such vectors may continue to transcribe RNA molecules until they are disabled by endogenous nucleases. Transient expression may last for a month or more with a non-replicating vector, and may last even longer if appropriate replication elements are part of the vector system.
  • modifications of gene expression can be obtained by designing complementary sequences or antisense molecules (DNA, RNA, or PNA) to the control, 5', or regulatory regions of the gene encoding EXMAD.
  • Oligonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site e.g., between about positions -10 and +10 from the start site, may be employed.
  • inhibition can be achieved using triple helix base-pairing methodology.
  • Triple helix pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double helix to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or regulatory molecules. Recent therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the literature. (See, e.g., Gee, J.E. et al.
  • a complementary sequence or antisense molecule may also be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes.
  • Ribozymes enzymatic RNA molecules, may also be used to catalyze the specific cleavage of RNA.
  • the mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage.
  • engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules may specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of sequences encoding EXMAD.
  • RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides, corresponding to the region of the target gene containing the cleavage site, may be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the oligonucleotide inoperable.
  • the suitability of candidate targets may also be evaluated by testing accessibility to hybridization with complementary oligonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays.
  • Complementary ribonucleic acid molecules and ribozymes of the invention may be prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of nucleic acid molecules. These include techniques for chemically synthesizing oligonucleotides such as solid phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis.
  • RNA molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA sequences encoding EXMAD. Such DNA sequences may be incorporated into a wide variety of vectors with suitable RNA polymerase promoters such as T7 or SP6. Alternatively, these cDNA constructs that synthesize complementary RNA, constitutively or inducibly, can be introduced into cell lines, cells, or tissues.
  • RNA molecules may be modified to increase intracellular stability and half-life. Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5 ' and/or 3 ' ends of the molecule, or the use of phosphorofhioate or 2' O-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the backbone of the molecule.
  • vectors may be introduced into stem cells taken from the patient and clonally propagated for autologous transplant back into that same patient.
  • Delivery by transfection, by liposome injections, or by polycationic amino polymers may be achieved using methods which are well known in the art. (See, e.g., Goldman, C.K et al. (1997) Nat. Biotechnol. 15:462-466.)
  • any of the therapeutic methods described above may be applied to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as humans, dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, and monkeys.
  • An additional embodiment of the invention relates to the administration of a pharmaceutical or sterile composition, in conjunction with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for any of the therapeutic effects discussed above.
  • Such pharmaceutical compositions may consist of EXMAD, antibodies to EXMAD, and mimetics, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of EXMAD.
  • the compositions may be administered alone or in combination with at least one other agent, such as a stabihzing compound, which may be administered in any sterile, biocompatible pharmaceutical carrier including, but not limited to, saline, buffered saline, dextrose, and water.
  • the compositions may be administered to a patient alone, or in combination with other agents, drugs, or hormones.
  • compositions utilized in this invention may be administered by any number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intramedullary, intrathecal, intraventricular, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral. topical, sublingual, or rectal means.
  • these pharmaceutical compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Further details on techniques for formulation and administration may be found in the latest edition of Remington ' s Pharmaceutical Sciences (Maack Publishing, Easton PA).
  • compositions for oral administration can be formulated using pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art in dosages suitable for oral administration.
  • Such carriers enable the pharmaceutical compositions to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions, and the like, for ingestion by the patient.
  • compositions for oral use can be obtained through combining active compounds with solid excipient and processing the resultant mixture of granules (optionally, after grinding) to obtain tablets or dragee cores.
  • auxiliaries can be added, if desired.
  • Suitable excipients include carbohydrate or protein fillers, such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, and sorbitol; starch from corn, wheat, rice, potato, or other plants; cellulose, such as methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, or sodium carboxymethylcellulose; gums, including arabic and fragacanth; and proteins, such as gelatin and collagen.
  • disintegrating or solubiUzing agents may be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, and alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate.
  • Dragee cores may be used in conjunction with suitable coatings, such as concentrated sugar solutions, which may also contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • suitable coatings such as concentrated sugar solutions, which may also contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures.
  • Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for product identification or to characterize the quantity of active compound, i.e., dosage.
  • Push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a coating, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • Push-fit capsules can contain active ingredients mixed with fillers or binders, such as lactose or starches, lubricants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and, optionally, stabilizers.
  • the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid, or Uquid polyethylene glycol with or without stabilizers.
  • compositions suitable for parenteral administration may be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks' solution, Ringer ' s solution, or physiologically buffered saline.
  • Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
  • suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions.
  • Suitable lipophiUc solvents or vehicles include fatty oils, such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate, triglycerides, or liposomes.
  • Non-lipid polycationic amino polymers may also be used for delivery.
  • the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents to increase the solubility of the compounds and allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
  • suitable stabilizers or agents to increase the solubility of the compounds and allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
  • penetrants appropriate to the particular barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art.
  • compositions of the present invention may be manufactured in a manner that is known in the art, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping, or lyophilizing processes.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be provided as a salt and can be formed with many acids, including but not limited to, hydrochloric, sulfuric, acetic, lactic, tartaric, malic, and succinic acids. Salts tend to be more soluble in aqueous or other protonic solvents than are the corresponding free base forms.
  • the preparation may be a lyophilized powder which may contain any or all of the following: 1 mM to 50 mM histidine, 0.1% to 2% sucrose, and 2% to 7% mannitol, at a pH range of 4.5 to 5.5, that is combined with buffer prior to use.
  • compositions After pharmaceutical compositions have been prepared, they can be placed in an appropriate container and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition.
  • labeling would include amount, frequency, and method of administration.
  • compositions suitable for use in the invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve the intended purpose.
  • the determination of an effective dose is well within the capability of those skilled in the art.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays, e.g., of neoplastic cells, or in animal models such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, or pigs. An animal model may also be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
  • a therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient, for example EXMAD or fragments thereof, antibodies of EXMAD, and agonists, antagonists or inhibitors of EXMAD, which ameliorates the symptoms or condition.
  • Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity may be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or with experimental animals, such as by calculating the ED 50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) or LD 50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) statistics.
  • the dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, which can be expressed as the LD 50 /ED 50 ratio.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. The data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies are used to formulate a range of dosage for human use.
  • the dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that includes the ED 50 with little or no toxicity.
  • the dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, the sensitivity of the patient, and the route of administration. The exact dosage will be determined by the practitioner, in light of factors related to the subject requiring treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active moiety or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which may be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, the general health of the subject, the age, weight, and gender of the subject, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and response to therapy. Long-acting pharmaceutical compositions may be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or biweekly depending on the half-life and clearance rate of the particular formulation.
  • Normal dosage amounts may vary from about 0.1 ⁇ g to 100,000 ⁇ g, up to a total dose of about 1 gram, depending upon the route of administration.
  • Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature and generally available to practitioners in the art. Those skilled in the art will employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors. Similarly, delivery of polynucleotides or polypeptides will be specific to particular cells, conditions, locations, etc. DIAGNOSTICS
  • antibodies which specifically bind EXMAD may be used for the diagnosis of disorders characterized by expression of EXMAD, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with EXMAD or agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of EXMAD.
  • Antibodies useful for diagnostic purposes may be prepared in the same manner as described above for therapeutics. Diagnostic assays for EXMAD include methods which utilize the antibody and a label to detect EXMAD in human body fluids or in extracts of cells or tissues.
  • the antibodies may be used with or without modification, and may be labeled by covalent or non-covalent attachment of a reporter molecule.
  • a wide variety of reporter molecules, several of which are described above, are known in the art and may be used.
  • EXMAD EXMAD
  • ELISAs RIAs
  • FACS FACS-activated Cell Sorting Agent
  • RIAs RIAs
  • FACS fluorescence-activated Cell Sorting Agent
  • Normal or standard values for EXMAD expression are established by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal mammalian subjects, for example, human subjects, with antibody to EXMAD under conditions suitable for complex formation. The amount of standard complex formation may be quantitated by various methods, such as photometric means. Quantities of EXMAD expressed in subject, control, and disease samples from biopsied tissues are compared with the standard values. Deviation between standard and subject values establishes the parameters for diagnosing disease.
  • the polynucleotides encoding EXMAD may be used for diagnostic purposes.
  • the polynucleotides which may be used include oligonucleotide sequences, complementary RNA and DNA molecules, and PNAs.
  • the polynucleotides may be used to detect and quantify gene expression in biopsied tissues in which expression of EXMAD may be correlated with disease.
  • the diagnostic assay may be used to determine absence, presence, and excess expression of EXMAD, and to monitor regulation of EXMAD levels during therapeutic intervention.
  • hybridization with PCR probes which are capable of detecting polynucleotide sequences, including genomic sequences, encoding EXMAD or closely related molecules may be used to identify nucleic acid sequences which encode EXMAD.
  • the specificity of the probe whether it is made from a highly specific region, e.g., the 5' regulatory region, or from a less specific region, e.g., a conserved motif, and the stringency of the hybridization or amplification will determine whether the probe identifies only naturally occurring sequences encoding EXMAD, allelic variants, or related sequences.
  • Probes may also be used for the detection of related sequences, and may have at least 50% sequence identity to any of the EXMAD encoding sequences.
  • the hybridization probes of the subject invention may be DNA or RNA and may be derived from the sequence of SEQ ID NO:26-50 or from genomic sequences including promoters, enhancers, and introns of the EXMAD gene.
  • Means for producing specific hybridization probes for DNAs encoding EXMAD include the cloning of polynucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD or EXMAD derivatives into vectors for the production of mRNA probes. Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by means of the addition of the appropriate RNA polymer ases and the appropriate labeled nucleotides.
  • Hybridization probes may be labeled by a variety of reporter groups, for example, by radionuclides such as 32 P or 33 S, or by enzymatic labels, such as alkaline phosphatase coupled to the probe via avidin biotin coupling systems, and the like.
  • Polynucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD may be used for the diagnosis of disorders associated with expression of EXMAD.
  • disorders include, but are not limited to, a cell proliferative disorder, such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, a cancer of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone marrow, brain, breast, cervix, gall bladder, ganglia, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney, liver, lung, muscle, ovary
  • the polynucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD may be used in Southern or northern analysis, dot blot, or other membrane-based technologies; in PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-like assays; and in microarrays utilizing fluids or tissues from patients to detect altered EXMAD expression. Such qualitative or quantitative methods are well known in the art.
  • the nucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD may be useful in assays that detect the presence of associated disorders, particularly those mentioned above.
  • the nucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD may be labeled by standard methods and added to a fluid or tissue sample from a patient under conditions suitable for the formation of hybridization complexes. After a suitable incubation period, the sample is washed and the signal is quantified and compared with a standard value. If the amount of signal in the patient sample is significantly altered in comparison to a control sample then the presence of altered levels of nucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD in the sample indicates the presence of the associated disorder.
  • Such assays may also be used to evaluate the efficacy of a particular therapeutic treatment regimen in animal studies, in clinical trials, or to monitor the treatment of an individual patient.
  • a normal or standard profile for expression is established. This may be accomplished by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal subjects, either animal or human, with a sequence, or a fragment thereof, encoding EXMAD. under conditions suitable for hybridization or amplification. Standard hybridization may be quantified by comparing the values obtained from normal subjects with values from an experiment in which a known amount of a substantially purified polynucleotide is used. Standard values obtained in this manner may be compared with values obtained from samples from patients who are symptomatic for a disorder. Deviation from standard values is used to establish the presence of a disorder.
  • hybridization assays may be repeated on a regular basis to determine if the level of expression in the patient begins to approximate that which is observed in the normal subject.
  • the results obtained from successive assays may be used to show the efficacy of treatment over a period ranging from several days to months.
  • the presence of an abnormal amount of transcript (either under- or overexpressed) in biopsied tissue from an individual may indicate a predisposition for the development of the disease, or may provide a means for detecting the disease prior to the appearance of actual cUnical symptoms.
  • a more definitive diagnosis of this type may allow health professionals to employ preventative measures or aggressive treatment earlier thereby preventing the development or further progression of the cancer.
  • oligonucleotides designed from the sequences encoding EXMAD may involve the use of PCR. These oUgomers may be chemically synthesized, generated enzymaticaUy, or produced in vitro. OUgomers will preferably contain a fragment of a polynucleotide encoding EXMAD, or a fragment of a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide encoding EXMAD, and will be employed under optimized conditions for identification of a specific gene or condition. OUgomers may also be employed under less stringent conditions for detection or quantification of closely related DNA or RNA sequences.
  • Methods which may also be used to quantify the expression of EXMAD include radiolabeling or biotinylating nucleotides, coamplification of a control nucleic acid, and interpolating results from standard curves.
  • radiolabeling or biotinylating nucleotides include radiolabeling or biotinylating nucleotides, coamplification of a control nucleic acid, and interpolating results from standard curves.
  • the speed of quantitation of multiple samples may be accelerated by running the assay in a high-throughput format where the oligomer of interest is presented in various dilutions and a spectrophotometric or colorimetric response gives rapid quantitation.
  • oligonucleotides or longer fragments derived from any of the polynucleotide sequences described herein may be used as targets in a microarray.
  • the microarray can be used to monitor the expression level of large numbers of genes simultaneously and to identify genetic variants, mutations, and polymorphisms. This information may be used to determine gene function, to understand the genetic basis of a disorder, to diagnose a disorder, and to develop and monitor the activities of therapeutic agents.
  • Microarrays may be prepared, used, and analyzed using methods known in the art.
  • methods known in the art See, e.g., Brennan, T.M. et al. (1995) U.S. Patent No. 5,474,796; Schena, M. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:10614-10619; Baldeschweiler et al. (1995) PCT application W095/251116: Shalon. D. et al. (1995) PCT application WO95/35505; Heller, R.A. et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:2150- 2155; and Heller, M.J. et al. (1997) U.S. Patent No. 5,605,662.
  • nucleic acid sequences encoding EXMAD may be used to generate hybridization probes useful in mapping the naturally occurring genomic sequence.
  • the sequences may be mapped to a particular chromosome, to a specific region of a chromosome, or to artificial chromosome constructions, e.g., human artificial chromosomes (HACs), yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs), bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs). bacterial PI constructions, or single chromosome cDN A libraries.
  • HACs human artificial chromosomes
  • YACs yeast artificial chromosomes
  • BACs bacterial artificial chromosomes
  • bacterial PI constructions or single chromosome cDN A libraries.
  • Fluorescent in situ hybridization may be correlated with other physical chromosome mapping techniques and genetic map data.
  • FISH Fluorescent in situ hybridization
  • Examples of genetic map data can be found in various scientific journals or at the Online Mendelian Inheritance in Man (OMIM) World Wide Web site. Correlation between the location of the gene encoding EXMAD on a physical chromosomal map and a specific disorder, or a predisposition to a specific disorder, may help define the region of DNA associated with that disorder.
  • the nucleotide sequences of the invention may be used to detect differences in gene sequences among normal, carrier, and affected individuals.
  • In situ hybridization of chromosomal preparations and physical mapping techniques may be used for extending genetic maps. Often the placement of a gene on the chromosome of another mammalian species, such as mouse, may reveal associated markers even if the number or arm of a particular human chromosome is not known. New sequences can be assigned to chromosomal arms by physical mapping. This provides valuable information to investigators searching for disease genes using positional cloning or other gene discovery techniques.
  • any sequences mapping to that area may represent associated or regulatory genes for further investigation.
  • the nucleotide sequence of the subject invention may also be used to detect differences in the chromosomal location due to translocation, inversion, etc., among normal, carrier, or affected individuals.
  • EXMAD in another embodiment, EXMAD, its catalytic or immunogenic fragments, or oligopeptides thereof can be used for screening libraries of compounds in any of a variety of drug screening techniques.
  • the fragment employed in such screening may be free in solution, affixed to a soUd support, borne on a cell surface, or located intracellularly. The formation of binding complexes between EXMAD and the agent being tested may be measured.
  • Another technique for drug screening provides for high throughput screening of compounds having suitable binding affinity to the protein of interest.
  • This method large numbers of different small test compounds are synthesized on a solid substrate. The test compounds are reacted with EXMAD, or fragments thereof, and washed. Bound EXMAD is then detected by methods well known in the art. Purified EXMAD can also be coated directly onto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques. Alternatively, non-neutralizing antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobilize it on a solid support.
  • nucleotide sequences which encode EXMAD may be used in any molecular biology techniques that have yet to be developed, provided the new techniques rely on properties of nucleotide sequences that are currently known, including, but not limited to, such properties as the triplet genetic code and specific base pair interactions.
  • RNA was purchased from Clontech or isolated from tissues described in Table 4. Some tissues were homogenized and lysed in guanidinium isothiocyanate, while others were homogenized and lysed in phenol or in a suitable mixture of denaturants, such as TRIZOL (Life Technologies), a monophasic solution of phenol and guanidine isothiocyanate. The resulting lysates were centrifuged over CsCl cushions or extracted with chloroform. RNA was precipitated from the lysates with either isopropanol or sodium acetate and ethanol, or by other routine methods.
  • poly(A+) RNA was isolated using oligo d(T)-coupled paramagnetic particles (Promega), OLIGOTEX latex particles (QIAGEN, Chatsworth CA), or an OLIGOTEX mRNA purification kit (QIAGEN).
  • Sfratagene was provided with RNA and constructed the corresponding cDNA libraries.
  • cDNA was synthesized and cDNA libraries were constructed with the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or SUPERSCRIPT plasmid system (Life Technologies), using the recommended procedures or similar methods known in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1997, supra, units 5.1-6.6.) Reverse transcription was initiated using oligo d(T) or random primers. Synthetic oligonucleotide adapters were Ugated to double sfranded cDNA, and the cDNA was digested with the appropriate restriction enzyme or enzymes.
  • cDNA was size-selected (300-1000 bp) using SEPHACRYL SI 000, SEPH AROSE CL2B, or SEPH AROSE CL4B column chromatography (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) or preparative agarose gel electrophoresis.
  • cDNAs were ligated into compatible resfriction enzyme sites of the polylinker of a suitable plasmid, e.g., PBLUESCRIPT plasmid (Stratagene), PSPORTl plasmid (Life Technologies), pcDNA2.1 plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), or pINCY plasmid (Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Palo Alto CA).
  • PBLUESCRIPT plasmid e.g., PBLUESCRIPT plasmid (Stratagene), PSPORTl plasmid (Life Technologies), pcDNA2.1 plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), or pINCY plasmid (Incy
  • Recombinant plasmids were transformed into competent E. coli cells including XLl-Blue, XLl-BlueMRF, or SOLR from Stratagene or DH5 ⁇ , DH10B, or ElectroMAX DH10B from Life Technologies. II. Isolation of cDNA Clones Plasmids were recovered from host cells by in vivo excision using the UNIZAP vector system
  • Plasmids were purified using at least one of the following: a Magic or WIZARD Minipreps DNA purification system (Promega); an AGTC Miniprep purification kit (Edge Biosystems, Gaithersburg MD); and QIAWELL 8 Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Plus Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Ultra Plasmid purification systems or the R.E.A.L. PREP 96 plasmid purification kit from QIAGEN. Following precipitation, plasmids were resuspended in 0.1 ml of distilled water and stored, with or without lyophilization, at 4°C
  • plasmid DNA was amplified from host cell lysates using direct link PCR in a high-throughput format (Rao, V.B. (1994) Anal. Biochem. 216:1-14). Host cell lysis and thermal cycling steps were carried out in a single reaction mixture. Samples were processed and stored in 384- well plates, and the concentration of amplified plasmid DNA was quantified fluorometrically using PICOGREEN dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene OR) and a FLUOROSKAN II fluorescence scanner (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland). III.
  • cDNA sequencing reactions were processed using standard methods or high-throughput instrumentation such as the ABI CATALYST 800 (Perkin-Elmer) thermal cycler or the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research) in conjunction with the HYDRA microdispenser (Robbins Scientific) or the MICROLAB 2200 (Hamilton) liquid transfer system.
  • cDNA sequencing reactions were prepared using reagents provided by Amersham Pharmacia Biotech or supplied in ABI sequencing kits such as the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Terminator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (Perkin-Elmer).
  • Elecfrophoretic separation of cDNA sequencing reactions and detection of labeled polynucleotides were carried out using the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Molecular Dynamics); the ABI PRISM 373 or 377 sequencing system (Perkin-Elmer) in conjunction with standard ABI protocols and base calling software; or other sequence analysis systems known in the art. Reading frames within the cDNA sequences were identified using standard methods (reviewed in Ausubel, 1997. supra, unit 7.7). Some of the cDNA sequences were selected for extension using the techniques disclosed in Example VI.
  • Table 5 summarizes the tools, programs, and algorithms used and provides applicable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters.
  • the first column of Table 5 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used, the second column provides brief descriptions thereof, the third column presents appropriate references, all of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, and the fourth column presents, where applicable, the scores, probability values, and other parameters used to evaluate the strength of a match between two sequences (the higher the score, the greater the homology between two sequences).
  • Sequences were analyzed using MACDNASIS PRO software (Hitachi Software
  • Polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence alignments were generated using the default parameters specified by the clustal algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN multisequence alignment program (DNASTAR), which also calculates the percent identity between aligned sequences.
  • the polynucleotide sequences were validated by removing vector, linker, and polyA sequences and by masking ambiguous bases, using algorithms and programs based on BLAST, dynamic programing, and dinucleotide nearest neighbor analysis.
  • sequences were then queried against a selection of public databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammalian, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases, and BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, and PFAM to acquire annotation using programs based on BLAST, FASTA, and BLIMPS.
  • GenBank primate rodent, mammalian, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases
  • BLOCKS PRINTS
  • DOMO DOMO
  • PRODOM PRODOM
  • PFAM PFAM
  • HMM Hidden Markov Model
  • the product score takes into account both the degree of similarity between two sequences and the length of the sequence match. For example, with a product score of 40, the match will be exact within a 1 % to 2% error, and, with a product score of 70, the match will be exact. Similar molecules are usually identified by selecting those which show product scores between 15 and 40, although lower scores may identify related molecules.
  • the results of northern analyses are reported as a percentage distribution of libraries in which the transcript encoding EXMAD occurred.
  • Analysis involved the categorization of cDNA libraries by organ/tissue and disease.
  • the organ/tissue categories included cardiovascular, dermatologic, developmental, endocrine, gastrointestinal, hematopoietic/immune, musculoskeletal, nervous, reproductive, and urologic.
  • the disease/condition categories included cancer, inflammation, trauma, cell proliferation, neurological, and pooled. For each category, the number of libraries expressing the sequence of interest was counted and divided by the total number of libraries across all categories. Percentage values of tissue-specific and disease- or condition-specific expression are reported in Table 3.
  • the cDNA sequences which were used to assemble SEQ ID NO:40-50 were compared with sequences from the Incyte LIFESEQ database and public domain databases using BLAST and other implementations of the Smith- Waterman algorithm. Sequences from these databases that matched SEQ ID NO:40-50 were assembled into clusters of contiguous and overlapping sequences using assembly algorithms such as Phrap (Table 5). Radiation hybrid and genetic mapping data available from public resources such as the Stanford Human Genome Center (SHGC), Whitehead Institute for Genome Research (WIGR), and Genethon were used to determine if any of the clustered sequences had been previously mapped. Inclusion of a mapped sequence in a cluster resulted in the assignment of all sequences of that cluster, including its particular SEQ ID NO:, to that map location.
  • SHGC Stanford Human Genome Center
  • WIGR Whitehead Institute for Genome Research
  • the genetic map locations of SEQ ID NO:42 and SEQ ID NO:48 are described in The Invention as ranges, or intervals, of human chromosomes.
  • the map position of an interval, in centiMorgans, is measured relative to the terminus of the chromosome's p-arm.
  • centiMorgan cM
  • centiMorgan is a unit of measurement based on recombination frequencies between chromosomal markers. On average, 1 cM is roughly equivalent to 1 megabase (Mb) of DNA in humans, although this can vary widely due to hot and cold spots of recombination.
  • the cM distances are based on genetic markers mapped by Genethon which provide boundaries for radiation hybrid markers whose sequences were included in each of the clusters.
  • Selected human cDNA libraries were used to extend the sequence. If more than one extension was necessary or desired, additional or nested sets of primers were designed. High fidelity amplification was obtained by PCR using methods well known in the art. PCR was performed in 96-well plates using the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Inc.).
  • the reaction mix contained DNA template, 200 nmol of each primer, reaction buffer containing Mg 2+ , (NH 4 ) 2 S0 4 , and ⁇ -mercaptoethanol, Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), ELONGASE enzyme (Life Technologies), and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene), with the following parameters for primer pair PCI A and PCI B: Step 1: 94°C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 60°C, 1 min; Step 4: 68 °C, 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6: 68 °C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C
  • the parameters for primer pair T7 and SK+ were as follows: Step 1 : 94°C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C 15 sec; Step 3: 57°C, 1 min; Step 4: 68°C, 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6:
  • the concentration of DNA in each well was determined by dispensing 100 ⁇ l PICOGREEN quantitation reagent (0.25% (v/v) PICOGREEN; Molecular Probes, Eugene OR) dissolved in IX TE and 0.5 ⁇ l of undiluted PCR product into each well of an opaque fluorimeter plate (Corning Costar, Acton MA), allowing the DNA to bind to the reagent.
  • the plate was scanned in a Fluoroskan II (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland) to measure the fluorescence of the sample and to quantify the concenfration of DNA.
  • a 5 ⁇ l to 10 l aliquot of the reaction mixture was analyzed by electrophoresis on a 1 % agarose mini-gel to determine which reactions were successful in extending the sequence.
  • the extended nucleotides were desalted and concentrated, transferred to 384-well plates, digested with CviJI cholera virus endonuclease (Molecular Biology Research, Madison WI), and sonicated or sheared prior to religation into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech).
  • the digested nucleotides were separated on low concentration (0.6 to 0.8%) agarose gels, fragments were excised, and agar digested with Agar ACE (Promega).
  • Extended clones were religated using T4 ligase (New England Biolabs, Beverly MA) into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), treated with Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) to fill-in restriction site overhangs, and transfected into competent E. coli cells. Transformed cells were selected on antibiotic-containing media, individual colonies were picked and cultured overnight at 37 °C in 384-well plates in LB/2x carb liquid media.
  • Step 1 94°C, 3 min
  • Step 2 94°C, 15 sec
  • Step 3 60°C, 1 min
  • Step 4 72°C, 2 min
  • Step 5 steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 29 times
  • Step 6 72°C, 5 min
  • Step 7 storage at 4°C DNA was quantified by
  • nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:26-50 are used to obtain 5 " regulatory sequences using the procedure above, oUgonucleotides designed for such extension, and an appropriate genomic library. VII. Labeling and Use of Individual Hybridization Probes
  • Hybridization probes derived from SEQ ID NO:26-50 are employed to screen cDNAs, genomic DNAs, or mRNAs. Although the labeling of oligonucleotides, consisting of about 20 base pairs, is specifically described, essentially the same procedure is used with larger nucleotide fragments. Oligonucleotides are designed using state-of-the-art software such as OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and labeled by combining 50 pmol of each oligomer. 250 ⁇ Ci of [ ⁇ - 32 P] adenosine triphosphate (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), and T4 polynucleotide kinase (DuPont NEN, Boston MA).
  • the labeled oligonucleotides are substantially purified using a SEPHADEX G-25 superfine size exclusion dextran bead column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). An aliquot containing 10 7 counts per minute of the labeled probe is used in a typical membrane-based hybridization analysis of human genomic DNA digested with one of the following endonucleases: Ase I, Bgl II, Eco RI, Pst I, Xba I, or Pvu II (DuPont NEN).
  • the DNA from each digest is fractionated on a 0.7% agarose gel and transferred to nylon membranes (Nytran Plus, Schleicher & Schuell, Durham NH). Hybridization is carried out for 16 hours at 40°C To remove nonspecific signals, blots are sequentially washed at room temperature under conditions of up to, for example, 0.1 x saline sodium citrate and 0.5% sodium dodecyl sulfate. Hybridization patterns are visualized using autoradiography or an alternative imaging means and compared. VIII. Microarrays
  • a chemical coupling procedure and an ink jet device can be used to synthesize array elements on the surface of a substrate.
  • An array analogous to a dot or slot blot may also be used to arrange and link elements to the surface of a substrate using thermal, UV, chemical, or mechanical bonding procedures.
  • a typical array may be produced by hand or using available methods and machines and contain any appropriate number of elements.
  • nonhybridized probes are removed and a scanner used to determine the levels and patterns of fluorescence. The degree of complementarity and the relative abundance of each probe which hybridizes to an element on the microarray may be assessed through analysis of the scanned images.
  • Full-length cDNAs, Expressed Sequence Tags (ESTs), or fragments thereof may comprise the elements of the microarray. Fragments suitable for hybridization can be selected using software well known in the art such as LASERGENE software (DNASTAR). Full-length cDNAs, ESTs, or fragments thereof corresponding to one of the nucleotide sequences of the present invention, or selected at random from a cDNA library relevant to the present invention, are arranged on an appropriate substrate, e.g., a glass slide. The cDNA is fixed to the slide using, e.g., UV cross-linking followed by thermal and chemical treatments and subsequent drying. (See, e.g., Schena, M. et al.
  • Fluorescent probes are prepared and used for hybridization to the elements on the substrate.
  • the substrate is analyzed by procedures described above.
  • Sequences complementary to the EXMAD-encoding sequences, or any parts thereof, are used to detect, decrease, or inhibit expression of naturally occurring EXMAD. Although use of oligonucleotides comprising from about 15 to 30 base pairs is described, essentially the same procedure is used with smaller or with larger sequence fragments. Appropriate oligonucleotides are designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and the coding sequence of EXMAD. To inhibit transcription, a complementary oligonucleotide is designed from the most unique 5 " sequence and used to prevent promoter binding to the coding sequence. To inhibit translation, a complementary oligonucleotide is designed to prevent ribosomal binding to the EXMAD-encoding transcript.
  • EXMAD expression and purification of EXMAD is achieved using bacterial or virus-based expression systems.
  • cDNA is subcloned into an appropriate vector containing an antibiotic resistance gene and an inducible promoter that directs high levels of cDNA franscription.
  • promoters include, but are not limited to, the trp-lac (tac) hybrid promoter and the T5 or T7 bacteriophage promoter in conjunction with the lac operator regulatory element.
  • Recombinant vectors are fransformed into suitable bacterial hosts, e.g., BL21(DE3).
  • Antibiotic resistant bacteria express EXMAD upon induction with isopropyl beta-D- thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG).
  • EXMAD in eukaryotic cells is achieved by infecting insect or mammalian cell lines with recombinant Autographica californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), commonly known as baculovirus.
  • AcMNPV Autographica californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus
  • the nonessential polyhedrin gene of baculovirus is replaced with cDNA encoding EXMAD by either homologous recombination or bacterial-mediated transposition involving transfer plasmid intermediates. Viral infectivity is maintained and the strong polyhedrin promoter drives high levels of cDNA transcription.
  • Recombinant baculovirus is used to infect Spodoptera frugiperda (Sf9) insect cells in most cases, or human hepatocytes, in some cases.
  • EXMAD is synthesized as a fusion protein with, e.g., glutathione S-transferase (GST) or a peptide epitope tag, such as FLAG or 6-His, permitting rapid, single-step, affinity-based purification of recombinant fusion protein from crude cell lysates.
  • GST glutathione S-transferase
  • FLAG peptide epitope tag
  • GST a 26-kilodalton enzyme from Schistosoma iaponicum, enables the purification of fusion proteins on immobilized glutathione under conditions that maintain protein activity and antigenicity (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). Following purification, the GST moiety can be proteolytically cleaved from EXMAD at specifically engineered sites.
  • FLAG an 8-amino acid peptide, enables immunoaffinity purification using commercially available monoclonal and polyclonal anti-FLAG antibodies (Eastman Kodak). 6- His, a stretch of six consecutive histidine residues, enables purification on metal-chelate resins (QIAGEN). Methods for protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel (1995, supra, ch. 10 and 16). Purified EXMAD obtained by these methods can be used directly in the following activity assay. XI. Demonstration of EXMAD Activity
  • EXMAD activity measures the disruption of cytoskeletal filament networks upon overexpression of EXMAD in cultured cell lines.
  • cDNA encoding EXMAD is subcloned into a mammalian expression vector that drives high levels of cDNA expression.
  • This construct is transfected into cultured cells, such as rat kangaroo PtK2 or rat bladder carcinoma 804G cells.
  • Actin filaments and intermediate filaments such as keratin and vimentin are visualized by immunofluorescence microscopy using antibodies and techniques well known in the art.
  • the configuration and abundance of cyoskeletal filaments can be assessed and quantified using confocal imaging techniques.
  • the bundling and collapse of cytoskeletal filament networks are indicative of EXMAD activity.
  • an assay for EXMAD activity measures the amount of cell aggregation induced by overexpression of EXMAD.
  • cultured cells such as NIH3T3 are transfected with cDNA encoding EXMAD contained within a suitable mammalian expression vector under control of a strong promoter.
  • Cotransfection with cDNA encoding a fluorescent marker protein, such as Green Fluorescent Protein (Clontech) is useful for identifying stable transfectants.
  • the amount of cell agglutination, or clumping, associated with transfected cells is compared with that associated with untransfected cells.
  • the amount of cell agglutination is a direct measure of EXMAD activity.
  • cell adhesion activity in EXMAD is measured in a 96-well plate assay in which wells are first coated with EXMAD by adding solutions of EXMAD of varying concentrations to the wells. Excess EXMAD is washed off with saline, and the wells incubated with a solution of 1 % bovine serum albumin to block non-specific cell binding. Aliquots of a cell suspension of a suitable cell type are then added to the wells and incubated for a period of time at 37 °C. Non-adhered cells are washed off with saline and the cells stained with a suitable cell stain such as Coomassie blue.
  • a suitable cell stain such as Coomassie blue.
  • the intensity of staining is measured using a variable wavelength 96-well plate reader and compared to a standard curve to determine the number of cells adhering to the EXMAD coated plates.
  • the degree of cell staining is proportional to the cell adhesion activity of EXMAD in the sample.
  • EXMAD activity is also measured by the interaction of EXMAD with other molecules.
  • EXMAD, or biologically active fragments thereof, are labeled with 125 I Bolton-Hunter reagent. (See, e.g., Bolton et al. (1973) Biochem. J.
  • Candidate molecules previously arrayed in the wells of a multi-well plate are incubated with the labeled EXMAD, washed, and any wells with labeled EXMAD complex are assayed. Data obtained using different concentrations of EXMAD are used to calculate values for the number, affinity, and association of EXMAD with the candidate molecules. XII. Functional Assays
  • EXMAD function is assessed by expressing the sequences encoding EXMAD at physiologically elevated levels in mammaUan cell culture systems.
  • cDNA is subcloned into a mammalian expression vector containing a strong promoter that drives high levels of cDNA expression.
  • Vectors of choice include pCMV SPORT plasmid (Life Technologies) and pCR3.1 plasmid (Invitrogen), both of which contain the cytomegalovirus promoter. 5-10 ⁇ g of recombinant vector are transiently transfected into a human cell line, for example, an endothelial or hematopoietic cell line, using either liposome formulations or electroporation.
  • 1-2 ⁇ g of an additional plasmid containing sequences encoding a marker protein are co-ttansfected.
  • Expression of a marker protein provides a means to distinguish transfected cells from nontransfected cells and is a reliable predictor of cDNA expression from the recombinant vector.
  • Marker proteins of choice include, e.g., Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP; Clontech), CD64, or a CD64-GFP fusion protein.
  • FCM Flow cytometry
  • FCM detects and quantifies the uptake of fluorescent molecules that diagnose events preceding or coincident with cell death. These events include changes in nuclear DNA content as measured by staining of DNA with propidium iodide; changes in cell size and granularity as measured by forward light scatter and 90 degree side light scatter; down-regulation of DNA synthesis as measured by decrease in bromodeoxyuridine uptake; alterations in expression of cell surface and intracellular proteins as measured by reactivity with specific antibodies; and alterations in plasma membrane composition as measured by the binding of fluorescein-conjugated Annexin V protein to the cell surface. Methods in flow cytometry are discussed in Ormerod, M.G. (1994) Flow Cytometry, Oxford, New York NY.
  • EXMAD The influence of EXMAD on gene expression can be assessed using highly purified populations of cells transfected with sequences encoding EXMAD and either CD64 or CD64-GFP.
  • CD64 and CD64-GFP are expressed on the surface of transfected cells and bind to conserved regions of human immunoglobulin G (IgG).
  • Transfected cells are efficiently separated from nontransfected cells using magnetic beads coated with either human IgG or antibody against CD64 (DYNAL, Lake Success NY).
  • mRNA can be purified from the cells using methods well known by those of skill in the art. Expression of mRNA encoding EXMAD and other genes of interest can be analyzed by northern analysis or microarray techniques.
  • PAGE polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis
  • EXMAD amino acid sequence is analyzed using LASERGENE software (DNASTAR) to determine regions of high immunogenicity, and a corresponding oligopeptide is synthesized and used to raise antibodies by means known to those of skill in the art.
  • LASERGENE software DNASTAR
  • Methods for selection of appropriate epitopes, such as those near the C-terminus or in hydrophilic regions are well described in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1995, supra, ch. 11.)
  • oligopeptides of about 15 residues in length are synthesized using an ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer (Perkin-Elmer) using fmoc-chemistry and coupled to KLH (Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis MO) by reaction with N-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS) to increase immunogenicity.
  • ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer Perkin-Elmer
  • KLH Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis MO
  • MBS N-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester
  • Rabbits are immunized with the oligopeptide- KLH complex in complete Freund ' s adjuvant.
  • Resulting antisera are tested for antipeptide and anti-EXMAD activity by, for example, binding the peptide or EXMAD to a substrate, blocking with 1% BSA, reacting with rabbit antisera, washing, and reacting with radio-iodinated goat anti-rabbit IgG.
  • Naturally occurring or recombinant EXMAD is substantially purified by immunoaffinity chromatography using antibodies specific for EXMAD.
  • An immunoaffinity column is constructed by covalently coupling anti-EXMAD antibody to an activated chromatographic resin, such as CNBr-activated SEPHAROSE (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). After the coupling, the resin is blocked and washed according to the manufacturer's instructions. Media containing EXMAD are passed over the immunoaffinity column, and the column is washed under conditions that allow the preferential absorbance of EXMAD (e.g., high ionic strength buffers in the presence of detergent).
  • the column is eluted under conditions that disrupt antibody/EXMAD binding (e.g., a buffer of pH 2 to pH 3, or a high concentration of a chaotrope, such as urea or thiocyanate ion), and EXMAD is collected.
  • a buffer of pH 2 to pH 3, or a high concentration of a chaotrope, such as urea or thiocyanate ion e.g., a buffer of pH 2 to pH 3, or a high concentration of a chaotrope, such as urea or thiocyanate ion
  • EXMAD or biologically active fragments thereof, are labeled with 125 I Bolton-Hunter reagent.
  • Bolton-Hunter reagent See, e.g., Bolton A.E. and W.M. Hunter (1973) Biochem. J. 133:529-539.
  • Candidate molecules previously arrayed in the wells of a multi-well plate are incubated with the labeled EXMAD, washed, and any wells with labeled EXMAD complex are assayed. Data obtained using different concentrations of EXMAD are used to calculate values for the number, affinity, and association of EXMAD with the candidate molecules.
  • molecules interacting with EXMAD are analyzed using the yeast two-hybrid system as described in Fields, S. and O. Song (1989, Nature 340:245-246), or using commercially available kits based on the two-hybrid system, such as the MATCHMAKER system (Clontech).
  • ABI FACTURA A program that removes vector sequences and masks Peikin-Elmei Applied Biosystems, ambiguous bases in nucleic acid sequences Fostei City, CA
  • ABI/PARACEL FDF A Fast Data Finder useful in compaiing and annotating Perkin-Elmei Applied Biosystems, Mismatch ⁇ 50% amino acid 01 nucleic acid sequences Fostei City, CA, Paiacel Inc , Pasadena, CA
  • ABI AutoAssembler A program that assembles nucleic acid sequences Pei in-Elmei Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides human extracellular matrix and adhesion-associated proteins (EXMAD) and polynucleotides which identify and encode EXMAD. The invention also provides expression vectors, host cells, antibodies, agonists, and antagonists. The invention also provides methods for diagnosing, treating, or preventing disorders associated with expression of EXMAD.

Description

EXTRACELLULAR MATRIX AND ADHESION-ASSOCIATED PROTEINS
TECHNICAL FIELD
This invention relates to nucleic acid and amino acid sequences of extracellular matrix and adhesion-associated proteins and to the use of these sequences in the diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of cell proliferative, immune, reproductive, neuronal, and genetic disorders.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Extracellular Matrix Proteins The extracellular matrix (ECM) is a complex network of glycoproteins, polysaccharides, proteoglycans, and other macromolecules that are secreted from the cell into the extracellular space. The ECM remains in close association with the cell surface and provides a supportive meshwork that profoundly influences cell shape, motility, strength, flexibility, and adhesion. In fact, adhesion of a cell to its surrounding matrix is required for cell survival except in the case of metastatic tumor cells, which have overcome the need for cell-ECM anchorage. This phenomenon suggests that the ECM plays a critical role in the molecular mechanisms of growth control and metastasis. (Reviewed in Ruoslahti, E. (1996) Sci. Am. 275:72-77.) Furthermore, the ECM determines the structure and physical properties of connective tissue and is particularly important for morphogenesis and other processes associated with embryonic development and pattern formation.
Collagens
The collagens comprise a family of ECM proteins that provide structure to bone, teeth, skin, ligaments, tendons, cartilage, blood vessels, and basement membranes. Multiple collagen proteins have been identified. Three collagen molecules fold together in a triple helix stabilized by interchain disulfide bonds. Bundles of these triple helices then associate to form fibrils. Collagen primary structure consists of hundreds of (Gly-X- Y) repeats where about a third of the X and Y residues are Pro. Glycines are crucial to helix formation as the bulkier amino acid side chains cannot fold into the triple helical conformation. Because of these strict sequence requirements, mutations in collagen genes have severe consequences. Osteogenesis imperfecta patients have brittle bones that fracture easily; in severe cases patients die in utero or at birth. Ehler-Danlos syndrome patients have hyperelastic skin, hypermobile joints, and susceptibility to aortic and intestinal rupture. Chondrodysplasia patients have short stature and ocular disorders. Alport syndrome patients have hematuria, sensorineural deafness, and eye lens deformation. (See Isselbacher, K.J., et al. (1994) Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine, McGraw-Hill, Inc., New York, NY, pp. 2105-2117: and Creighton, T.E. (1984) Proteins. -
Structures and Molecular Principles. W.H. Freeman and Company, New York, NY, pp. 191-197.)
Collectins are extracellular proteins with collagen tails and globular lectin domains that play an important role in the first line immune response to micoorganisms. The peripheral lectin domain permits binding to sugar residues on microorganisms, while the collagen tail interacts with phagocyte receptors or the complement system. Examples of collectins are the pulmonary surfactant proteins SP- A and SP-D ( Kuroki, S.D. et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 273:4783-4789).
Elastin
Elastin and related proteins confer elasticity to tissues such as skin, blood vessels, and lungs. Elastin is a highly hydrophobic protein of about 750 amino acids that is rich in proline and glycine residues. Elastin molecules are highly cross-linked, forming an extensive extracellular network of fibers and sheets. Elastin fibers are surrounded by a sheath of microfibrils which are composed of a number of glycoproteins, including fibrillin. Mutations in the gene encoding fibrillin are responsible for Marfan's syndrome, a genetic disorder characterized by defects in connective tissue. In severe cases, the aortas of afflicted individuals are prone to rupture. (Reviewed in Alberts, B., et al. (1994) Molecular Biology of the Cell, Garland Publishing, New York, NY, pp. 984-986.)
Fibronectin
Fibronectin is a large ECM glycoprotein found in all vertebrates. Fibronectin exists as a dimer of two subunits, each containing about 2,500 amino acids. Each subunit folds into a rod-like structure containing multiple domains. The domains each contain multiple repeated modules, the most common of which is the type III fibronectin repeat. The type III fibronectin repeat is about 90 amino acids in length and is also found in other ECM proteins and in some plasma membrane and cytoplasmic proteins. Furthermore, some type III fibronectin repeats contain a characteristic tripeptide consisting of Arginine-Glycine-Aspartic acid (RGD). The RGD sequence is recognized by the integrin family of cell surface receptors and is also found in other ECM proteins. Disruption of both copies of the gene encoding fibronectin causes early embryonic lethality in mice. The mutant embryos display extensive morphological defects, including defects in the formation of the notochord, somites, heart, blood vessels, neural tube, and extraembryonic structures. (Reviewed in Alberts, supra, pp. 986-987.)
Laminin
Laminin is a major glycoprotein component of the basal lamina which underlies and supports epithelial cell sheets. Laminin is one of the first ECM proteins synthesized in the developing embryo. Laminin is an 850 kilodalton protein composed of three polypeptide chains joined in the shape of a cross by disulfide bonds. Laminin is especially important for angiogenesis and, in particular, for guiding the formation of capillaries. (Reviewed in Alberts, supra, pp. 990-991.)
Proteoglvcans There are many other types of proteinaceous ECM components, most of which can be classified as proteoglycans. Proteoglycans are composed of unbranched polysaccharide chains (glycosaminoglycans) attached to protein cores. Common proteoglycans include aggrecan, betaglycan, decorin, perlecan, serglycin, and syndecan- 1. Some of these molecules not only provide mechanical support, but also bind to extracellular signaling molecules, such as fibroblast growth factor and transforming growth factor β, suggesting a role for proteoglycans in cell-cell communication.
(Reviewed in Alberts, supra, pp. 973-978.) Likewise, the glycoproteins tenascin-C and tenascin-R are expressed in developing and lesioned neural tissue and provide stimulatory and anti-adhesive (inhibitory) properties, respectively, for axonal growth (Faissner, A. (1997) Cell Tissue Res. 290:331- 341). Dentin phosphoryn (DPP) is a major component of the dentin ECM. DPP is a proteoglycan that is synthesized and expressed by odontoblasts (Gu, K., et al. (1998) Eur. J. Oral Sci. 106:1043- 1047). DPP is believed to nucleate or modulate the formation of hydroxyapatite crystals. The gene encoding DPP has been mapped to human chromosome 4. Chromosome 4 contains the gene loci for two dentin genetic diseases, dentinogenesis imperfecta type II and dentin dysplasia type II (Feng, J.Q., et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 273:9457-9464).
Mucins
Mucins are highly glycosylated glycoproteins that are the major structural component of the mucus gel. The physiological functions of mucins are cytoprotection, mechanical protection, maintenance of viscosity in secretions, and cellular recognition. MUC6 is a human gastric mucin that is also found in gall bladder, pancreas, seminal vesicles, and female reproductive tract (Toribara, N.W., et al. (1997) J. Biol. Chem. 272:16398-16403). The MUC6 gene has been mapped to human chromosome 11 (Toribara, N.W., et al. (1993) J. Biol. Chem. 268:5879-5885). Hemomucin is a novel Drosophila surface mucin that may be involved in the induction of antibacterial effector molecules (Theopold, U., et al. (1996) J. Biol. Chem. 217:12708-12715).
Link Protein
Link protein binds to both cartilage proteoglycan and hyaluronan in cartilage ECM. This binding stabilizes the aggregation of these cartilage ECM proteins and produces supramolecular assemblies. Link protein has been detected in other connective tissues, where it may bind proteoglycans and hyaluronan. Link protein contains a signal peptide, an immunoglobulin repeat, and link repeats (Ayad, S., et al. (1994) The Extracellular Matrix Facts Book, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, CA, pp. 120-121).
Adhesion- Associated Proteins
The surface of a cell is rich in transmembrane proteoglycans, glycoproteins, glycolipids, and receptors. These macromolecules mediate adhesion with other cells and with components of the ECM. The interaction of the cell with its surroundings profoundly influences cell shape, strength, flexibility, motility, and adhesion. These dynamic properties are intimately associated with signal transduction pathways controlling cell proliferation and differentiation, tissue construction, and embryonic development.
Cadherins Cadherins comprise a family of calcium-dependent glycoproteins that function in mediating cell-cell adhesion in virtually all solid tissues of multicellular organisms. These proteins share multiple repeats of a cadherin-specific motif, and the repeats form the folding units of the cadherin ECM. Cadherin molecules cooperate to form focal contacts, or adhesion plaques, between adjacent epithelial cells. The cadherin family includes the classical cadherins and protocadherins. Classical cadherins include the E-cadherin, N-cadherin, and P-cadherin subfamilies. E-cadherin is present on many types of epithelial cells and is especially important for embryonic development. P-cadherin is present on cells of the placenta and epidermis. Recent studies report that protocadherins are involved in a variety of cell-cell interactions (Suzuki, S. T. (1996) J. Cell Sci. 109:2609-2611). The intracellular anchorage of cadherins is regulated by their dynamic association with catenins, a family of cytoplasmic signal transduction proteins associated with the actin cytoskeleton. The anchorage of cadherins to the actin cytoskeleton appears to be regulated by protein tyrosine phosphorylation, and the cadherins are the target of phosphorylation-induced junctional disassembly (Aberle, H., et al. (1996) J. Cell. Biochem. 61:514-523).
Integrins
Integrins are ubiquitous transmembrane adhesion molecules that link the ECM to the internal cytoskeleton. Integrins are composed of two noncovalently associated transmembrane glycoprotein subunits called α and β. Integrins function as receptors that play a role in signal transduction. For example, binding of integrin to its extracellular ligand may stimulate changes in intracellular calcium levels or protein kinase activity (Sjaastad, M.D. and Nelson, W.J. (1997) BioEssays 19:47-55). At least ten cell surface receptors of the integrin family recognize the ECM component fibronectin, which is involved in many different biological processes including cell migration and embryogenesis (Johansson, S., et al. (1997) Front. Biosci. 2:D126-D146).
Lectins
Lectins comprise a ubiquitous family of extracellular glycoproteins which bind cell surface carbohydrates specifically and reversibly, resulting in the agglutination of cells. (Reviewed in Drickamer, K. and Taylor, M.E. (1993) Annu. Rev. Cell Biol. 9:237-264.) This function is particularly important for activation of the immune response. Lectins mediate the agglutination and mitogenic stimulation of lymphocytes at sites of inflammation (Lasky, L.A. (1991) J. Cell. Biochem. 45:139-146; Paietta, E., et al. (1989) J. Immunol. 143:2850-2857).
Lectins are further classified into subfamilies based on carbohydrate-binding specificity and other criteria. The galectin subfamily, in particular, includes lectins that bind β-galactoside carbohydrate moieties in a thiol-dependent manner. (Reviewed in Hadari, Y.R., et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 270:3447-3453.) Galectins are widely expressed and developmentally regulated. Because all galectins lack an N-terminal signal peptide, it is suggested that galectins are externalized through an atypical secretory mechanism. Two classes of galectins have been defined based on molecular weight and oligomerization properties. Small galectins form homodimers and are about 14-16 kilodaltons in mass, while large galectins are monomeric and about 29-37 kilodaltons.
Galectins contain a characteristic carbohydrate recogntion domain (CRD). The CRD is about 140 amino acids and contains several stretches of about 1-10 amino acids which are highly conserved among all galectins. A particular 6-amino acid motif within the CRD contains conserved tryptophan and arginine residues which are critical for carbohydrate binding. The CRD of some galectins also contains cysteine residues which may be important for disulfide bond formation. Secondary structure predictions indicate that the CRD forms several β-sheets.
Galectins play a number of roles in diseases and conditions associated with cell-cell and cell- matrix interactions. For example, certain galectins associate with sites of inflammation and bind to cell surface immunoglobulin E molecules. In addition, galectins may play an important role in cancer metastasis. Galectin overexpression is correlated with the metastatic potential of cancers in humans and mice. Moreover, anti-galectin antibodies inhibit processes associated with cell transformation, such as cell aggregation and anchorage-independent growth. (See, for example, Su, Z.-Z., et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:7252-7257.) Selectins
Selectins, or LEC-CAMs, comprise a specialized lectin subfamily involved primarily in inflammation and leukocyte adhesion. (Reviewed in Lasky, supra.) Selectins, which mediate the recruitment of leukocytes from the circulation to sites of acute inflammation, are expressed on the surface of vascular endothelial cells in response to cytokine signaling. Selectins bind to specific ligands on the leukocyte cell membrane and enable the leukocyte to adhere to and migrate along the endothelial surface. Binding of selectin to its ligand leads to polarized rearrangement of the actin cytoskeleton and stimulates signal transduction within the leukocyte (Brenner, B., et al. (1997) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 231:802-807; Hidari, K.I., et al. (1997) J. Biol. Chem. 272:28750-28756). Members of the selectin family possess three characteristic motifs: a lectin or carbohydrate recognition domain; an epidermal growth factor (EGF)-like domain; and a variable number of short consensus repeats (scr or "sushi" repeats) which are also present in complement regulatory proteins. The selectins include lymphocyte adhesion molecule- 1 (LAM-1 or L-selectin), endothelial leukocyte adhesion molecule- 1 (ELAM-1 or E-selectin), and granule membrane protein- 140 (GMP-140 or P-selectin) (Johnston, G.I., et al. (1989) Cell 56:1033-1044).
Attractin
Attr actin is a 134 kilodalton glycoprotein found in the serum. It is a member of the CUB family of cell adhesion proteins and binds directly to leukocytes. Attractin has a CUB domain, an EGF domain, and C-type lectin protein domains. This serum protein mediates the interaction between T lymphocytes and monocytes and leads to the adherence and spreading of monocytes that become the foci for T cell clustering. (See, Duke-Cohan, J.S., et al. (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95:11336- 11341.)
Proteins Containing Leucine Rich Repeats (LRRs)
LRRs are sequence motifs, approximately 22-28 amino acids in length, found in proteins with a large variety of functions and cellular locations. Proteins containing LRRs are all thought to be involved in protein-protein interactions. The crystal structure of LRRs has been studied and found to correspond to beta-alpha structural units. These structural units form a parallel beta sheet with one surface exposed to solvent. In this way an LRR-containing protein acquires a nonglobular shape
(Kobe, B. and Deisenhofer, J. (1994) Trends Biochem. Sci. 19:415-421). There is evidence to suggest LRRs function in signal transduction and cellular adhesion as well as in protein-protein interactions (Gay, N.J., et al. (1991) FEBS Lett. 29:87-91). For example, LLR proteins such as connectin and chaoptin are important cell adhesion molecules in neuronal development in Drosophilia melanogaster. and mammalian homologs are found in mouse (Taguchi, et al. (1996) Brain Res.Mol. Brain Res. 1-
2:31-40).
Proteins Containing Armadillo/β-Catenin-like Repeats Various proteins such as those encoded by the Drosophila armadillo gene and the human APC gene contain amino acid repeats that interact with β-catenins. The armadillo gene is required for pattern formation within the embryonic segments and imaginal discs and is highly conserved. It is 63% identical to a human protein, plakoglobin, which is involved in adhesive junctions joining epithelial and other cells (Peifer, M. and Wieschaus, E. (1990) Cell 63:1167-1176). APC gene mutations appear to initiate inherited forms of human colorectal cancer and sporadic forms of colorectal and gastric cancer (Rubinfeld, B., et al. (1993) Science 262:1731-1734). The fact that the protein encoded by APC interacts with catenin suggests a link between tumor initiation and cell adhesion (Su, L.K., et al. (1993) Science 262:1734-1737).
Proteins Containing C-type Lectin Domains
C-type lectin domains are found in a variety of proteins, including selectins and lecticans.
Lecticans are a family of chondroitin sulfate proteoglycans that include aggrecan, versican, neurocan, and brevican. All C-type lectin proteins are involved in protein-protein interactions (Aspberg, A., et al.
(1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:10116-10121). Amovel macrophage-restricted C-type lectin protein has been cloned from mouse tissue. It is a type II transmembrane protein with one extracellular
C-type lectin domain (Balch, S.G., et al. (1998) J. Biol. Chem. 273:18656-18664).
Bystin
Bystin is a cytoplasmic protein that binds directly to trophinin, a cell adhesion molecule, and tastin. The three molecules form a complex that is involved in cell adhesion. Bystin, tastin, and trophinin are strongly expressed in cells involved in the implantation of embryos, specifically in cells at human implantation sites and in intermediate trophoblasts at the invasion front of the placenta in early pregnancy. Bystin also binds to cytokeratins. During early embryogenesis cytokeratins 8 and 18 are expressed in the trophectoderm of blastocytes. It is possible that the molecular complex formed by bystin, tastin, and trophinin interacts with the cytokeratins of trophectoderm cells at the time of implantation. A key component of embryo implantation is the unique cell adhesion to endometrial epithelium that occurs and the subsequent invasion of the maternal tissue by the trophoblast. Bystin may have an important role in the signal transduction that links cell adhesion to proliferation (Suzuki, N., et al. (1998) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 95:5027-5032). Src-homology 3 (SH3) Domain-Containing Proteins
SH3 is a 60-70 amino acid motif found in a variety of signal transduction and cytoskeletal proteins. The SH3 domain is involved in mediating protein-protein interactions. Evidence suggests that the SH3 domains recognize a family of related domains or proteins in a variety of different tissues and species. One novel SH3 domain-containing protein is the 52 kilodalton focal adhesion protein (FAP52 or p52). FAP52 is localized to focal adhesions, specialized membrane domains in cultured cells that mediate the attachment of cells to the growth substratum and ECM. Focal adhesions consist of structural proteins, integrins, regulatory molecules, and signaling molecules and are involved in cell signaling. FAP52 may form part of this multimolecular complex that comprises focal adhesion sites (Merilainent, J., et al. (1997) J. Biol. Chem. 272:23278-23284).
The ECM plays an important role in cell invasive processes such as angiogenesis and tumor metastasis (Ruoslahti, supra). In particular, the glycoproteins laminin and fibronectin are implicated in the migration of tumor cells through the ECM (chemotaxis) in the course of metastasis of tumors to other tissues. The same process, chemotaxis, also promotes the migration of vascular endothelial cells to form new microvascular networks to support these tumors (tumor angiogenesis).
The discovery of new extracellular matrix and adhesion-associated proteins and the polynucleotides encoding them satisfies a need in the art by providing new compositions which are useful in the diagnosis, prevention, and treatment of cell proliferative, immune, reproductive, neuronal, and genetic disorders.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The invention features purified polypeptides, extracellular matrix and adhesion-associated proteins, referred to collectively as "EXMAD" and individually as "EXMAD-l," "EXMAD-2." ΕXMAD-3," ΕXMAD-4,'- "EXMAD-5," "EXMAD-6/' "EXMAD-7,", ΕXMAD-8." "EXMAD- 9," "EXMAD-10," "EXMAD-11," ΕXMAD-12," ΕXMAD-13,-' ΕXMAD-14," "EXMAD-15," "EXMAD-16," "EXMAD-17," "EXMAD-18," "EXMAD-19," "EXMAD-20," "EXMAD-21," "EXMAD-22," ΕXMAD-23," ΕXMAD-24," and "EXMAD-25." In one aspect, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising a) an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, b) a naturally occurring amino acid sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1 -25, c) a biologically active fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, or d) an immunogenic fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25. In one alternative, the invention provides an isolated polypeptide comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1-25. The invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide comprising a) an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, b) a naturally occurring amino acid sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to an ammo acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, c) a biologically active fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, or d) an immunogenic fragment of an ammo acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1 -25 In one alternative, the polynucleotide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 26-50
Additionally, the invention provides a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide compπsing a) an ammo acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, b) a naturally occurring amino acid sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, c) a biologically active fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, or d) an immunogenic fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25 In one alternative, the invention provides a cell transformed with the recombinant polynucleotide In another alternative, the invention provides a transgenic organism comprising the recombinant polynucleotide
The invention also provides a method for producing a polypeptide comprising a) an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, b) a naturally occurring amino acid sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, c) a biologically active fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, or d) an immunogenic fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1 -25 The method comprises a) cultuπng a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed
Additionally, the invention provides an isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide comprising a) an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1- 25, b) a naturally occurring amino acid sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to an ammo acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, c) a biologically active fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1-25, or d) an immunogenic fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 1- 25
The invention further provides an isolated polynucleotide comprising a) a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO 26-50, b) a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50, c) a polynucleotide sequence complementary to a), or d) a polynucleotide sequence complementary to b). In one alternative, the polynucleotide comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides. Additionally, the invention provides a method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide comprising a) a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50, b) a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50, c) a polynucleotide sequence complementary to a), or d) a polynucleotide sequence complementary to b). The method comprises a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 16 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically hybridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex, and optionally, if present, the amount thereof. In one alternative, the probe comprises at least 30 contiguous nucleotides. In another alternative, the probe comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides.
The invention further provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a polypeptide comprising a) an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, b) a naturally occurring amino acid sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, c) a biologically active fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-25, or d) an immunogenic fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l- 25, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient The invention additionally provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional EXMAD, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the pharmaceutical composition.
The invention also provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide comprising a) an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, b) a naturally occurring amino acid sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, c) a biologically active fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1 -25 , or d) an immunogenic fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25. The method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample. In one alternative, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an agonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In another alternative, the invention provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional EXMAD, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the pharmaceutical composition.
Additionally, the invention provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide comprising a) an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l-25, b) a naturally occurring amino acid sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, c) a biologically active fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, or d) an immunogenic fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25. The method comprises a) exposing a sample comprising the polypeptide to a compound, and b) detecting antagonist activity in the sample. In one alternative, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by the method and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In another alternative, the invention provides a method of treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional EXMAD, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the pharmaceutical composition.
The invention further provides a method for screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50, the method comprising a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, and b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE TABLES
Table 1 shows polypeptide and nucleotide sequence identification numbers (SEQ ID NOs), clone identification numbers (clone IDs), cDNA libraries, and cDNA fragments used to assemble full- length sequences encoding EXMAD.
Table 2 shows features of each polypeptide sequence, including potential motifs, homologous sequences, and methods, algorithms, and searchable databases used for analysis of EXMAD.
Table 3 shows selected fragments of each nucleic acid sequence; the tissue-specific expression patterns of each nucleic acid sequence as determined by northern analysis; diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with these tissues; and the vector into which each cDNA was cloned.
Table 4 describes the tissues used to construct the cDNA libraries from which cDNA clones encoding EXMAD were isolated.
Table 5 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used to analyze EXMAD. along with applicable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Before the present proteins, nucleotide sequences, and methods are described, it is understood that this invention is not limited to the particular machines, materials and methods described, as these may vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention which will be limited only by the appended claims.
It must be noted that as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a," ''an,'' and "the" include plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, a reference to "a host cell"' includes a plurality of such host cells, and a reference to "an antibody" is a reference to one or more antibodies and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth.
Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meanings as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any machines, materials, and methods similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used to practice or test the present invention, the preferred machines, materials and methods are now described. All publications mentioned herein are cited for the purpose of describing and disclosing the cell lines, protocols, reagents and vectors which are reported in the publications and which might be used in connection with the invention. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the invention is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention. DEFINITIONS
"EXMAD" refers to the amino acid sequences of substantially purified EXMAD obtained from any species, particularly a mammalian species, including bovine, ovine, porcine, murine, equine, and human, and from any source, whether natural, synthetic, semi-synthetic, or recombinant.
The term "agonist" refers to a molecule which intensifies or mimics the biological activity of EXMAD. Agonists may include proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of EXMAD either by directly interacting with EXMAD or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which EXMAD participates.
An "allelic variant" is an alternative form of the gene encoding EXMAD. Allelic variants may result from at least one mutation in the nucleic acid sequence and may result in altered mRNAs or in polypeptides whose structure or function may or may not be altered. A gene may have none, one, or many allelic variants of its naturally occurring form. Common mutational changes which give rise to allelic variants are generally ascribed to natural deletions, additions, or substitutions of nucleotides. Each of these types of changes may occur alone, or in combination with the others, one or more times in a given sequence. "Altered" nucleic acid sequences encoding EXMAD include those sequences with deletions, insertions, or substitutions of different nucleotides, resulting in a polypeptide the same as EXMAD or a polypeptide with at least one functional characteristic of EXMAD. Included within this definition are polymorphisms which may or may not be readily detectable using a particular oligonucleotide probe of the polynucleotide encoding EXMAD, and improper or unexpected hybridization to allelic variants, with a locus other than the normal chromosomal locus for the polynucleotide sequence encoding EXMAD. The encoded protein may also be "altered," and may contain deletions, insertions, or substitutions of amino acid residues which produce a silent change and result in a functionally equivalent EXMAD. Deliberate amino acid substitutions may be made on the basis of similarity in polarity, charge, solubility, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, and/or the amphipathic nature of the residues, as long as the biological or immunological activity of EXMAD is retained. For example, negatively charged amino acids may include aspartic acid and glutamic acid, and positively charged amino acids may include lysine and arginine. Amino acids with uncharged polar side chains having similar hydrophilicity values may include: asparagine and glutamine; and serine and threonine. Amino acids with uncharged side chains having similar hydrophilicity values may include: leucine, isoleucine, and valine; glycine and alanine; and phenylalanine and tyrosine.
The terms "amino acid" and "amino acid sequence" refer to an oligopeptide, peptide, polypeptide, or protein sequence, or a fragment of any of these, and to naturally occurring or synthetic molecules. Where "amino acid sequence" is recited to refer to an amino acid sequence of a naturally occurring protein molecule, "amino acid sequence" and like terms are not meant to limit the amino acid sequence to the complete native amino acid sequence associated with the recited protein molecule. "Amplification" relates to the production of additional copies of a nucleic acid sequence. Amplification is generally carried out using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) technologies well known in the art. The term "antagonist" refers to a molecule which inhibits or attenuates the biological activity of
EXMAD. Antagonists may include proteins such as antibodies, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, small molecules, or any other compound or composition which modulates the activity of EXMAD either by directly interacting with EXMAD or by acting on components of the biological pathway in which EXMAD participates. The term "antibody" refers to intact immunoglobulin molecules as well as to fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab')2, and Fv fragments, which are capable of binding an epitopic determinant. Antibodies that bind EXMAD polypeptides can be prepared using intact polypeptides or using fragments containing small peptides of interest as the immunizing antigen. The polypeptide or oligopeptide used to immunize an animal (e.g., a mouse, a rat, or a rabbit) can be derived from the translation of RNA, or synthesized chemically, and can be conjugated to a carrier protein if desired. Commonly used carriers that are chemically coupled to peptides include bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin, and keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH). The coupled peptide is then used to immunize the animal.
The term "antigenic determinant" refers to that region of a molecule (i.e., an epitope) that makes contact with a particular antibody. When a protein or a fragment of a protein is used to immunize a host animal, numerous regions of the protein may induce the production of antibodies which bind specifically to antigenic determinants (particular regions or three-dimensional structures on the protein). An antigenic determinant may compete with the intact antigen (i.e., the immunogen used to elicit the immune response) for binding to an antibody. The term "antisense" refers to any composition capable of base-pairing with the "sense" strand of a specific nucleic acid sequence. Antisense compositions may include DNA; RNA; peptide nucleic acid (PNA); oligonucleotides having modified backbone linkages such as phosphorothioates. methylphosphonates, or benzylphosphonates; oligonucleotides having modified sugar groups such as 2'- methoxyethyl sugars or 2'-methoxyethoxy sugars; or oligonucleotides having modified bases such as 5- methyl cytosine. 2'-deoxyuracil, or 7-deaza-2'-deoxyguanosine. Antisense molecules may be produced by any method including chemical synthesis or transcription. Once introduced into a cell, the complementary antisense molecule base-pairs with a naturally occurring nucleic acid sequence produced by the cell to form duplexes which block either transcription or translation. The designation "negative" or "minus" can refer to the antisense strand, and the designation "positive" or "plus" can refer to the sense strand of a reference DNA molecule.
The term "biologically active" refers to a protein having structural, regulatory, or biochemical functions of a naturally occurring molecule. Likewise, "immunologically active" refers to the capability of the natural, recombinant, or synthetic EXMAD, or of any oligopeptide thereof, to induce a specific immune response in appropriate animals or cells and to bind with specific antibodies. The terms "complementary" and "complementarity" refer to the natural binding of polynucleotides by base pairing. For example, the sequence "5' A-G-T 3'" bonds to the complementary sequence "3' T-C-A 5'." Complementarity between two single-stranded molecules may be "partial," such that only some of the nucleic acids bind, or it may be "complete," such that total complementarity exists between the single stranded molecules. The degree of complementarity between nucleic acid strands has significant effects on the efficiency and strength of the hybridization between the nucleic acid strands. This is of particular importance in amplification reactions, which depend upon binding between nucleic acid strands, and in the design and use of peptide nucleic acid (PNA) molecules.
A "composition comprising a given polynucleotide sequence" and a "composition comprising a given amino acid sequence" refer broadly to any composition containing the given polynucleotide or amino acid sequence. The composition may comprise a dry formulation or an aqueous solution. Compositions comprising polynucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD or fragments of EXMAD may be employed as hybridization probes. The probes may be stored in freeze-dried form and may be associated with a stabilizing agent such as a carbohydrate. In hybridizations, the probe may be deployed in an aqueous solution containing salts (e.g., NaCl), detergents (e.g., sodium dodecyl sulfate; SDS), and other components (e.g., Denhardfs solution, dry milk, salmon sperm DNA, etc.).
"Consensus sequence" refers to a nucleic acid sequence which has been resequenced to resolve uncalled bases, extended using the XL-PCR kit (Perkin-Elmer, Norwalk CT) in the 5' and/or the 3' direction, and resequenced, or which has been assembled from the overlapping sequences of one or more Incyte Clones and, in some cases, one or more public domain ESTs, using a computer program for fragment assembly, such as the GEL VIEW fragment assembly system (GCG, Madison WI). Some sequences have been both extended and assembled to produce the consensus sequence.
"Conservative amino acid substitutions" are those substitutions that, when made, least interfere with the properties of the original protein, i.e., the structure and especially the function of the protein is conserved and not significantly changed by such substitutions. The table below shows amino acids which may be substituted for an original amino acid in a protein and which are regarded as conservative amino acid substitutions. Original Residue Conservative Substitution
Ala Gly, Ser Arg His, Lys
Asn Asp, Gin, His
Asp Asn, Glu
Cys Ala, Ser
Gin Asn, Glu, His Glu Asp, Gin, His
Gly Ala
His Asn, Arg, Gin, Glu
He Leu, Val
Leu He, Val Lys Arg, Gin, Glu
Met Leu, He
Phe His, Met, Leu, Trp, Tyr
Ser Cys, Thr
Thr Ser, Val Trp Phe, Tyr
Tyr His, Phe, Trp Val He, Leu. Thr
Conservative amino acid substitutions generally maintain (a) the structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the substitution, for example, as a beta sheet or alpha helical conformation,
(b) the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the site of the substitution, and/or (c) the bulk of the side chain.
A "deletion" refers to a change in the amino acid or nucleotide sequence that results in the absence of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides.
The term "derivative" refers to the chemical modification of a polypeptide sequence, or a polynucleotide sequence. Chemical modifications of a polynucleotide sequence can include, for example, replacement of hydrogen by an alkyl, acyl, hydroxyl, or amino group. A derivative polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide which retains at least one biological or immunological function of the natural molecule. A derivative polypeptide is one modified by glycosylation, pegylation, or any similar process that retains at least one biological or immunological function of the polypeptide from which it was derived.
A "fragment" is a unique portion of EXMAD or the polynucleotide encoding EXMAD which is identical in sequence to but shorter in length than the parent sequence. A fragment may comprise up to the entire length of the defined sequence, minus one nucleotide/amino acid residue. For example, a fragment may comprise from 5 to 1000 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues. A fragment used as a probe, primer, antigen, therapeutic molecule, or for other purposes, may be at least 5, 10, 15, 16, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 250 or at least 500 contiguous nucleotides or amino acid residues in length. Fragments may be preferentially selected from certain regions of a molecule. For example, a polypeptide fragment may comprise a certain length of contiguous amino acids selected from the first 250 or 500 amino acids (or first 25% or 50% of a polypeptide) as shown in a certain defined sequence. Clearly these lengths are exemplary, and any length that is supported by the specification, including the Sequence Listing, tables, and figures, may be encompassed by the present embodiments.
A fragment of SEQ ID NO:26-50 comprises a region of unique polynucleotide sequence that specifically identifies SEQ ID NO: 26-50, for example, as distinct from any other sequence in the same genome. A fragment of SEQ ID NO:26-50 is useful, for example, in hybridization and amplification technologies and in analogous methods that distinguish SEQ ID NO:26-50 from related polynucleotide sequences. The precise length of a fragment of SEQ ID NO:26-50 and the region of SEQ ID NO:26-50 to which the fragment corresponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment. A fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1 -25 is encoded by a fragment of SEQ ID NO:26-50. A fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1-25 comprises a region of unique amino acid sequence that specifically identifies SEQ ID NO:l-25. For example, a fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1-25 is useful as an immunogenic peptide for the development of antibodies that specifically recognize SEQ ID NO:l-25. The precise length of a fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1 -25 and the region of SEQ ID NO: 1 -25 to which the fragment corresponds are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art based on the intended purpose for the fragment.
The term "similarity" refers to a degree of complementarity. There may be partial similarity or complete similarity. The word "identity" may substitute for the word "similarity." A partially complementary sequence that at least partially inhibits an identical sequence from hybridizing to a target nucleic acid is referred to as "substantially similar." The inhibition of hybridization of the completely complementary sequence to the target sequence may be examined using a hybridization assay (Southern or northern blot, solution hybridization, and the like) under conditions of reduced stringency. A substantially similar sequence or hybridization probe will compete for and inhibit the binding of a completely similar (identical) sequence to the target sequence under conditions of reduced stringency. This is not to say that conditions of reduced stringency are such that non-specific binding is permitted, as reduced stringency conditions require that the binding of two sequences to one another be a specific (i.e., a selective) interaction. The absence of non-specific binding may be tested by the use of a second target sequence which lacks even a partial degree of complementarity (e.g., less than about 30% similarity or identity). In the absence of non-specific binding, the substantially similar sequence or probe will not hybridize to the second non-complementary target sequence.
The phrases "percent identity" and "% identity," as applied to polynucleotide sequences, refer to the percentage of residue matches between at least two polynucleotide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Such an algorithm may insert, in a standardized and reproducible way, gaps in the sequences being compared in order to optimize alignment between two sequences, and therefore achieve a more meaningful comparison of the two sequences.
Percent identity between polynucleotide sequences may be determined using the default parameters of the CLUSTAL V algorithm as incorporated into the MEG ALIGN version 3.12e sequence alignment program. This program is part of the LASERGENE software package, a suite of molecular biological analysis programs (DNASTAR, Madison WI). CLUSTAL V is described in Higgins, D.G. and P.M. Sharp (1989) CABIOS 5:151-153 and in Higgins, D.G. et al. (1992) CABIOS 8:189-191. For pairwise alignments of polynucleotide sequences, the default parameters are set as follows: Ktuple=2, gap penalty=5, window=4, and "diagonals saved"=4. The "weighted" residue weight table is selected as the default. Percent identity is reported by CLUSTAL V as the "percent similarity" between aligned polynucleotide sequence pairs. Alternatively, a suite of commonly used and freely available sequence comparison algorithms is provided by the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI) Basic Local Alignment Search Tool (BLAST) (Altschul, S.F. et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410), which is available from several sources, including the NCBI, Bethesda, MD, and on the Internet at http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/BLAST/. The BLAST software suite includes various sequence analysis programs including "blastn," that is used to align a known polynucleotide sequence with other polynucleotide sequences from a variety of databases. Also available is a tool called "BLAST 2 Sequences" that is used for direct pairwise comparison of two nucleotide sequences. "BLAST 2 Sequences" can be accessed and used interactively at http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/gorf/bl2.html. The "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool can be used for both blastn and blastp (discussed below). BLAST programs are commonly used with gap and other parameters set to default settings. For example, to compare two nucleotide sequences, one may use blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) set at default parameters. Such default parameters may be, for example:
Matrix: BLOSUM62 Reward for match: 1
Penalty for mismatch: -2
Open Gap: 5 and Extension Gap: 2 penalties
Gap x drop-off: 50
Expect: 10 Word Size: 11
Filter: on
Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ID number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70. at least 100, or at least 200 contiguous nucleotides. Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures, or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
Nucleic acid sequences that do not show a high degree of identity may nevertheless encode similar amino acid sequences due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. It is understood that changes in a nucleic acid sequence can be made using this degeneracy to produce multiple nucleic acid sequences that all encode substantially the same protein.
The phrases "percent identity" and "% identity," as applied to polypeptide sequences, refer to the percentage of residue matches between at least two polypeptide sequences aligned using a standardized algorithm. Methods of polypeptide sequence alignment are well-known. Some alignment methods take into account conservative amino acid substitutions. Such conservative substitutions, explained in more detail above, generally preserve the hydrophobicity and acidity at the site of substitution, thus preserving the structure (and therefore function) of the polypeptide.
Percent identity between polypeptide sequences may be determined using the default parameters of the CLUSTAL V algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN version 3.12e sequence alignment program (described and referenced above). For pairwise alignments of polypeptide sequences using CLUSTAL V, the default parameters are set as follows: Ktuple=l, gap penalty=3, window=5, and "diagonals saved"=5. The PAM250 matrix is selected as the default residue weight table. As with polynucleotide aUgnments, the percent identity is reported by CLUSTAL V as the "percent similarity" between aligned polypeptide sequence pairs.
Alternatively the NCBI BLAST software suite may be used. For example, for a pairwise comparison of two polypeptide sequences, one may use the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) with blastp set at default parameters. Such default parameters may be, for example: Matrix: BLOSUM62
Open Gap: 11 and Extension Gap: 1 penalties
Gap x drop-off: 50
Expect: 10
Word Size: 3 Filter: on
Percent identity may be measured over the length of an entire defined polypeptide sequence, for example, as defined by a particular SEQ ID number, or may be measured over a shorter length, for example, over the length of a fragment taken from a larger, defined polypeptide sequence, for instance, a fragment of at least 15, at least 20, at least 30, at least 40, at least 50, at least 70 or at least 150 contiguous residues. Such lengths are exemplary only, and it is understood that any fragment length supported by the sequences shown herein, in the tables, figures or Sequence Listing, may be used to describe a length over which percentage identity may be measured.
"Human artificial chromosomes" (HACs) are linear microchromosomes which may contain DNA sequences of about 6 kb to 10 Mb in size, and which contain all of the elements required for stable mitotic chromosome segregation and maintenance.
The term "humanized antibody" refers to antibody molecules in which the amino acid sequence in the non-antigen binding regions has been altered so that the antibody more closely resembles a human antibody, and still retains its original binding ability.
"Hybridization" refers to the process by which a polynucleotide strand anneals with a complementary strand through base pairing under defined hybridization conditions. Specific hybridization is an indication that two nucleic acid sequences share a high degree of identity. Specific hybridization complexes form under permissive annealing conditions and remain hybridized after the "washing" step(s). The washing step(s) is particularly important in determining the stringency of the hybridization process, with more stringent conditions allowing less non-specific binding, i.e., binding between pairs of nucleic acid strands that are not perfectly matched. Permissive conditions for annealing of nucleic acid sequences are routinely determinable by one of ordinary skill in the art and may be consistent among hybridization experiments, whereas wash conditions may be varied among experiments to achieve the desired stringency, and therefore hybridization specificity. Permissive annealing conditions occur, for example, at 68 °C in the presence of about 6 x SSC, about 1 % (w/v) SDS, and about 100 μg/ml denatured salmon sperm DNA.
Generally, stringency of hybridization is expressed, in part, with reference to the temperature under which the wash step is carried out. Generally, such wash temperatures are selected to be about 5°C to 20°C lower than the thermal melting point (TJ for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe. An equation for calculating Tm and conditions for nucleic acid hybridization are well known and can be found in Sambrook et al., 1989. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Press. Plainview NY; specifically see volume 2, chapter 9. High stringency conditions for hybridization between polynucleotides of the present invention include wash conditions of 68°C in the presence of about 0.2 x SSC and about 0.1 % SDS, for 1 hour. Alternatively, temperatures of about 65°C, 60°C, 55°C, or 42°C may be used. SSC concentration may be varied from about 0.1 to 2 x SSC, with SDS being present at about 0.1 %. Typically, blocking reagents are used to block non-specific hybridization. Such blocking reagents include, for instance, denatured salmon sperm DNA at about 100-200 μg/ml. Organic solvent, such as formamide at a concentration of about 35-50% v/v, may also be used under particular circumstances, such as for RNA:DNA hybridizations. Useful variations on these wash conditions will be readily apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. Hybridization, particularly under high stringency conditions, may be suggestive of evolutionary similarity between the nucleotides. Such similarity is strongly indicative of a similar role for the nucleotides and their encoded polypeptides.
The term "hybridization complex" refers to a complex formed between two nucleic acid sequences by virtue of the formation of hydrogen bonds between complementary bases. A hybridization complex may be formed in solution (e.g., C0t or R0t analysis) or formed between one nucleic acid sequence present in solution and another nucleic acid sequence immobilized on a solid support (e.g., paper, membranes, filters, chips, pins or glass slides, or any other appropriate substrate to which cells or their nucleic acids have been fixed).
The words "insertion" and "addition" refer to changes in an amino acid or nucleotide sequence resulting in the addition of one or more amino acid residues or nucleotides, respectively.
"Immune response" can refer to conditions associated with inflammation, trauma, immune disorders, or infectious or genetic disease, etc. These conditions can be characterized by expression of various factors, e.g., cytokines, chemokines, and other signaling molecules, which may affect cellular and systemic defense systems.
An "immunogenic fragment" is a polypeptide or oligopeptide fragment of EXMAD which is capable of eliciting an immune response when introduced into a living organism, for example, a mammal. The term "immunogenic fragment" also includes any polypeptide or oligopeptide fragment of EXMAD which is useful in any of the antibody production methods disclosed herein or known in the art.
The term "microarray" refers to an arrangement of distinct polynucleotides on a substrate. The terms "element" and "array element" in a microarray context, refer to hybridizable polynucleotides arranged on the surface of a substrate.
The term "modulate" refers to a change in the activity of EXMAD. For example, modulation may cause an increase or a decrease in protein activity, binding characteristics, or any other biological, functional, or immunological properties of EXMAD. The phrases "nucleic acid" and "nucleic acid sequence" refer to a nucleotide, oligonucleotide, polynucleotide, or any fragment thereof. These phrases also refer to DNA or RNA of genomic or synthetic origin which may be single-stranded or double-stranded and may represent the sense or the antisense strand, to peptide nucleic acid (PNA), or to any DNA-like or RNA-like material.
"Operably linked" refers to the situation in which a first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with the second nucleic acid sequence. For instance, a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence. Generally, operably linked DNA sequences may be in close proximity or contiguous and, where necessary to join two protein coding regions, in the same reading frame.
"Peptide nucleic acid" (PNA) refers to an antisense molecule or anti-gene agent which comprises an oligonucleotide of at least about 5 nucleotides in length linked to a peptide backbone of amino acid residues ending in lysine. The terminal lysine confers solubility to the composition. PNAs preferentially bind complementary single stranded DNA or RNA and stop transcript elongation, and may be pegylated to extend their lifespan in the cell.
"Probe" refers to nucleic acid sequences encoding EXMAD, their complements, or fragments thereof, which are used to detect identical, allelic or related nucleic acid sequences. Probes are isolated oligonucleotides or polynucleotides attached to a detectable label or reporter molecule. Typical labels include radioactive isotopes, ligands, chemiluminescent agents, and enzymes. "Primers" are short nucleic acids, usually DNA oligonucleotides, which may be annealed to a target polynucleotide by complementary base-pairing. The primer may then be extended along the target DNA strand by a DNA polymerase enzyme. Primer pairs can be used for amplification (and identification) of a nucleic acid sequence, e.g., by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
Probes and primers as used in the present invention typically comprise at least 15 contiguous nucleotides of a known sequence. In order to enhance specificity, longer probes and primers may also be employed, such as probes and primers that comprise at least 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or at least 150 consecutive nucleotides of the disclosed nucleic acid sequences. Probes and primers may be considerably longer than these examples, and it is understood that any length supported by the specification, including the tables, figures, and Sequence Listing, may be used.
Methods for preparing and using probes and primers are described in the references, for example Sambrook et al., 1989, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual. 2nd ed., vol. 1-3, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plainview NY; Ausubel et al.,1987, Current Protocols in Molecular Biology.
Greene Publ. Assoc. & Wiley-Intersciences, New York NY: Innis et al., 1990, PCR Protocols. A Guide to Methods and Applications, Academic Press, San Diego CA. PCR primer pairs can be derived from a known sequence, for example, by using computer programs intended for that purpose such as Primer (Version 0.5, 1991, Whitehead Institute for Biomedical Research, Cambridge MA). Oligonucleotides for use as primers are selected using software known in the art for such purpose. For example, OLIGO 4.06 software is useful for the selection of PCR primer pairs of up to 100 nucleotides each, and for the analysis of oligonucleotides and larger polynucleotides of up to 5,000 nucleotides from an input polynucleotide sequence of up to 32 kilobases. Similar primer selection programs have incorporated additional features for expanded capabilities. For example, the PrimOU primer selection program (available to the public from the Genome Center at University of Texas South West Medical Center, Dallas TX) is capable of choosing specific primers from megabase sequences and is thus useful for designing primers on a genome- wide scope. The Primer3 primer selection program (available to the public from the Whitehead Institute/MIT Center for Genome Research, Cambridge MA) allows the user to input a "mispriming library," in which sequences to avoid as primer binding sites are user-specified. Primer3 is useful, in particular, for the selection of oligonucleotides for microarrays. (The source code for the latter two primer selection programs may also be obtained from their respective sources and modified to meet the user's specific needs.) The PrimeGen program (available to the public from the UK Human Genome Mapping Project Resource Centre, Cambridge UK) designs primers based on multiple sequence alignments, thereby allowing selection of primers that hybridize to either the most conserved or least conserved regions of aligned nucleic acid sequences. Hence, this program is useful for identification of both unique and conserved oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments. The oligonucleotides and polynucleotide fragments identified by any of the above selection methods are useful in hybridization technologies, for example, as PCR or sequencing primers, microarray elements, or specific probes to identify fully or partially complementary
9? polynucleotides in a sample of nucleic acids. Methods of oligonucleotide selection are not limited to those described above.
A "recombinant nucleic acid" is a sequence that is not naturally occurring or has a sequence that is made by an artificial combination of two or more otherwise separated segments of sequence. This artificial combination is often accomplished by chemical synthesis or, more commonly, by the artificial manipulation of isolated segments of nucleic acids, e.g., by genetic engineering techniques such as those described in Sambrook, supra. The term recombinant includes nucleic acids that have been altered solely by addition, substitution, or deletion of a portion of the nucleic acid. Frequently, a recombinant nucleic acid may include a nucleic acid sequence operably linked to a promoter sequence. Such a recombinant nucleic acid may be part of a vector that is used, for example, to transform a cell.
Alternatively, such recombinant nucleic acids may be part of a viral vector, e.g., based on a vaccinia virus, that could be use to vaccinate a mammal wherein the recombinant nucleic acid is expressed, inducing a protective immunological response in the mammal.
An "RNA equivalent," in reference to a DNA sequence, is composed of the same linear sequence of nucleotides as the reference DNA sequence with the exception that all occurrences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
The term "sample" is used in its broadest sense. A sample suspected of containing nucleic acids encoding EXMAD, or fragments thereof, or EXMAD itself, may comprise a bodily fluid; an extract from a cell, chromosome, organelle, or membrane isolated from a cell; a cell; genomic DNA, RNA, or cDNA, in solution or bound to a substrate; a tissue; a tissue print; etc.
The terms "specific binding" and "specifically binding" refer to that interaction between a protein or peptide and an agonist, an antibody, an antagonist, a small molecule, or any natural or synthetic binding composition. The interaction is dependent upon the presence of a particular structure of the protein, e.g., the antigenic determinant or epitope, recognized by the binding molecule. For example, if an antibody is specific for epitope "A," the presence of a polypeptide containing the epitope A, or the presence of free unlabeled A, in a reaction containing free labeled A and the antibody will reduce the amount of labeled A that binds to the antibody.
The term "substantially purified" refers to nucleic acid or amino acid sequences that are removed from their natural environment and are isolated or separated, and are at least 60% free, preferably at least 75% free, and most preferably at least 90% free from other components with which they are naturally associated.
A "substitution" refers to the replacement of one or more amino acids or nucleotides by different amino acids or nucleotides, respectively. "Substrate" refers to any suitable rigid or semi-rigid support including membranes, filters, chips, slides, wafers, fibers, magnetic or nonmagnetic beads, gels, tubing, plates, polymers, microparticles and capillaries. The substrate can have a variety of surface forms, such as wells, trenches, pins, channels and pores, to which polynucleotides or polypeptides are bound. "Transformation" describes a process by which exogenous DNA enters and changes a recipient cell. Transformation may occur under natural or artificial conditions according to various methods well known in the art, and may rely on any known method for the insertion of foreign nucleic acid sequences into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell. The method for transformation is selected based on the type of host cell being transformed and may include, but is not limited to, viral infection, electroporation, heat shock, lipofection, and particle bombardment. The term "transformed" cells includes stably transformed cells in which the inserted DNA is capable of replication either as an autonomously replicating plasmid or as part of the host chromosome, as well as transiently transformed cells which express the inserted DNA or RNA for limited periods of time.
A "transgenic organism," as used herein, is any organism, including but not limited to animals and plants, in which one or more of the cells of the organism contains heterologous nucleic acid introduced by way of human intervention, such as by transgenic techniques well known in the art. The nucleic acid is introduced into the cell, directly or indirectly by introduction into a precursor of the cell, by way of deliberate genetic manipulation, such as by microinjection or by infection with a recombinant virus. The term genetic manipulation does not include classical cross-breeding, or in vitro fertilization, but rather is directed to the introduction of a recombinant DNA molecule. The transgenic organisms contemplated in accordance with the present invention include bacteria, cyanobacteria, fungi, and plants and animals. The isolated DNA of the present invention can be introduced into the host by methods known in the art, for example infection, transfection, transformation or transconjugation. Techniques for transferring the DNA of the present invention into such organisms are widely known and provided in references such as Sambrook et al. (1989), supra.
A "variant" of a particular nucleic acid sequence is defined as a nucleic acid sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular nucleic acid sequence over a certain length of one of the nucleic acid sequences using blastn with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) set at default parameters. Such a pair of nucleic acids may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or at least 98% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length. A variant may be described as, for example, an "allelic" (as defined above), "splice," "species," or "polymorphic" variant. A splice variant may have significant identity to a reference molecule, but will generally have a greater or lesser number of polynucleotides due to alternate splicing of exons during mRNA processing. The corresponding polypeptide may possess additional functional domains or lack domains that are present in the reference molecule. Species variants are polynucleotide sequences that vary from one species to another. The resulting polypeptides generally will have significant amino acid identity relative to each other. A polymorphic variant is a variation in the polynucleotide sequence of a particular gene between individuals of a given species. Polymorphic variants also may encompass "single nucleotide polymorphisms" (SNPs) in which the polynucleotide sequence varies by one nucleotide base. The presence of SNPs may be indicative of, for example, a certain population, a disease state, or a propensity for a disease state.
A "variant" of a particular polypeptide sequence is defined as a polypeptide sequence having at least 40% sequence identity to the particular polypeptide sequence over a certain length of one of the polypeptide sequences using blastp with the "BLAST 2 Sequences" tool Version 2.0.9 (May-07-1999) set at default parameters. Such a pair of polypeptides may show, for example, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% or greater sequence identity over a certain defined length of one of the polypeptides. THE INVENTION The invention is based on the discovery of new human extracellular matrix and adhesion- associated proteins (EXMAD), the polynucleotides encoding EXMAD, and the use of these compositions for the diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of cell proliferative, immune, reproductive, neuronal, and genetic disorders.
Table 1 lists the Incyte clones used to assemble full length nucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD. Columns 1 and 2 show the sequence identification numbers (SEQ ID NOs) of the polypeptide and nucleotide sequences, respectively. Column 3 shows the clone IDs of the Incyte clones in which nucleic acids encoding each EXMAD were identified, and column 4 shows the cDNA libraries from which these clones were isolated. Column 5 shows Incyte clones and their corresponding cDNA libraries. Clones for which cDNA libraries are not indicated were derived from pooled cDNA libraries. In some cases, GenBank sequence identifiers are also shown in column 5. The Incyte clones and GenBank cDNA sequences, where indicated, in column 5 were used to assemble the consensus nucleotide sequence of each EXMAD and are useful as fragments in hybridization technologies.
The columns of Table 2 show various properties of each of the polypeptides of the invention: column 1 references the SEQ ID NO; column 2 shows the number of amino acid residues in each polypeptide; column 3 shows potential phosphorylation sites; column 4 shows potential glycosylation sites; column 5 shows the amino acid residues comprising signature sequences and motifs: column 6 shows homologous sequences as identified by BLAST analysis; and column 7 shows analytical methods and in some cases, searchable databases to which the analytical methods were applied. The methods of column 7 were used to characterize each polypeptide through sequence homology and protein motifs. The columns of Table 3 show the tissue-specificity and diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with nucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD. The first column of Table 3 lists the nucleotide SEQ ID NOs. Column 2 lists fragments of the nucleotide sequences of column 1. These fragments are useful, for example, in hybridization or amplification technologies to identify SEQ ID NO:26-50 and to distinguish between SEQ ID NO:26-50 and related polynucleotide sequences. The polypeptides encoded by these fragments are useful, for example, as immunogenic peptides. Column 3 lists tissue categories which express EXMAD as a fraction of total tissues expressing EXMAD. Column 4 lists diseases, disorders, or conditions associated with those tissues expressing EXMAD as a fraction of total tissues expressing EXMAD. Column 5 lists the vectors used to subclone each cDNA library. The columns of Table 4 show descriptions of the tissues used to construct the cDNA libraries from which cDNA clones encoding EXMAD were isolated. Column 1 references the nucleotide SEQ ID NOs, column 2 shows the cDNA libraries from which these clones were isolated, and column 3 shows the tissue origins and other descriptive information relevant to the cDNA libraries in column 2. SEQ ID NO:42 maps to chromosome 8 within the interval from 64.60 to 90.20 centiMorgans. SEQ ID NO:48 maps to chromosome 2 within the interval from 193.60 to 197.60 centiMorgans.
The invention also encompasses EXMAD variants. A preferred EXMAD variant is one which has at least about 80%, or alternatively at least about 90%, or even at least about 95% amino acid sequence identity to the EXMAD amino acid sequence, and which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of EXMAD. The invention also encompasses polynucleotides which encode EXMAD. In a particular embodiment, the invention encompasses a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50, which encodes EXMAD. The polynucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:26-50, as presented in the Sequence Listing, embrace the equivalent RNA sequences, wherein occurrences of the nitrogenous base thymine are replaced with uracil, and the sugar backbone is composed of ribose instead of deoxyribose.
The invention also encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide sequence encoding EXMAD. In particular, such a variant polynucleotide sequence will have at least about 80%, or alternatively at least about 90%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to the polynucleotide sequence encoding EXMAD. A particular aspect of the invention encompasses a variant of a polynucleotide sequence comprising a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50 which has at least about 80%, or alternatively at least about 90%, or even at least about 95% polynucleotide sequence identity to a nucleic acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50. Any one of the polynucleotide variants described above can encode an amino acid sequence which contains at least one functional or structural characteristic of EXMAD. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that as a result of the degeneracy of the genetic code, a multitude of polynucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD. some bearing minimal similarity to the polynucleotide sequences of any known and naturally occurring gene, may be produced. Thus, the invention contemplates each and every possible variation of polynucleotide sequence that could be made by selecting combinations based on possible codon choices. These combinations are made in accordance with the standard triplet genetic code as applied to the polynucleotide sequence of naturally occurring EXMAD, and all such variations are to be considered as being specifically disclosed.
Although nucleotide sequences which encode EXMAD and its variants are generally capable of hybridizing to the nucleotide sequence of the naturally occurring EXMAD under appropriately selected conditions of stringency, it may be advantageous to produce nucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD or its derivatives possessing a substantially different codon usage, e.g., inclusion of non-naturally occurring codons. Codons may be selected to increase the rate at which expression of the peptide occurs in a particular prokaryotic or eukaryotic host in accordance with the frequency with which particular codons are utilized by the host. Other reasons for substantially altering the nucleotide sequence encoding EXMAD and its derivatives without altering the encoded amino acid sequences include the production of RNA transcripts having more desirable properties, such as a greater half-life, than transcripts produced from the naturally occurring sequence.
The invention also encompasses production of DNA sequences which encode EXMAD and EXMAD derivatives, or fragments thereof, entirely by synthetic chemistry. After production, the synthetic sequence may be inserted into any of the many available expression vectors and cell systems using reagents well known in the art. Moreover, synthetic chemistry may be used to introduce mutations into a sequence encoding EXMAD or any fragment thereof.
Also encompassed by the invention are polynucleotide sequences that are capable of hybridizing to the claimed polynucleotide sequences, and, in particular, to those shown in SEQ ID NO:26-50 and fragments thereof under various conditions of stringency. (See, e.g., Wahl, G.M. and S.L. Berger (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:399-407; Ki mel, A.R. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 152:507-511.) Hybridization conditions, including annealing and wash conditions, are described in "Definitions."
Methods for DNA sequencing are well known in the art and may be used to practice any of the embodiments of the invention. The methods may employ such enzymes as the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I, SEQUENASE (US Biochemical, Cleveland OH), Taq polymerase (Per kin-Elmer), thermostable T7 polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway NJ), or combinations of polymerases and proofreading exonucleases such as those found in the ELONGASE amplification system (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg MD). Preferably, sequence preparation is automated with machines such as the MICROLAB 2200 Uquid transfer system (Hamilton, Reno NV), PTC200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Watertown MA) and ABI CATALYST 800 thermal cycler (Perkin-Elmer). Sequencing is then carried out using either the ABI 373 or 377 DNA sequencing system (Perkin- Elmer), the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Molecular Dynamics, Sunnyvale CA), or other systems known in the art. The resulting sequences are analyzed using a variety of algorithms which are well known in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, F.M. (1997) Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York NY, unit 7.7; Meyers, R.A. (1995) Molecular Biology and Biotechnology. Wiley VCH, New York NY, pp. 856-853.)
The nucleic acid sequences encoding EXMAD may be extended utilizing a partial nucleotide sequence and employing various PCR-based methods known in the art to detect upstream sequences, such as promoters and regulatory elements. For example, one method which may be employed, restriction-site PCR, uses universal and nested primers to amplify unknown sequence from genomic DNA within a cloning vector. (See, e.g., Sarkar, G. (1993) PCR Methods Applic. 2:318-322.) Another method, inverse PCR, uses primers that extend in divergent directions to amplify unknown sequence from a circularized template. The template is derived from restriction fragments comprising a known genomic locus and surrounding sequences. (See, e.g.. Triglia, T. et al. (1988) Nucleic Acids Res. 16:8186.) A third method, capture PCR, involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent to known sequences in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA. (See, e.g., Lagerstrom, M. et al. (1991) PCR Methods Applic. 1:111-119.) In this method, multiple restriction enzyme digestions and ligations may be used to insert an engineered double-stranded sequence into a region of unknown sequence before performing PCR. Other methods which may be used to retrieve unknown sequences are known in the art. (See, e.g., Parker, J.D. et al. (1991) Nucleic Acids Res. 19:3055-3060). Additionally, one may use PCR, nested primers, and PROMOTERFINDER libraries (Clontech, Palo Alto CA) to walk genomic DNA. This procedure avoids the need to screen libraries and is useful in finding intron/exon junctions. For all PCR-based methods, primers may be designed using commercially available software, such as OLIGO 4.06 Primer Analysis software (National Biosciences, Plymouth MN) or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the template at temperatures of about 68°C to 72°C. When screening for full-length cDNAs, it is preferable to use libraries that have been size-selected to include larger cDNAs. In addition, random-primed libraries, which often include sequences containing the 5' regions of genes, are preferable for situations in which an oligo d(T) library does not yield a full-length cDNA. Genomic libraries may be useful for extension of sequence into 5' non-transcribed regulatory regions. Capillary electrophoresis systems which are commercially available may be used to analyze the size or confirm the nucleotide sequence of sequencing or PCR products. In particular, capillary sequencing may employ flowable polymers for electrophoretic separation, four different nucleotide- specific, laser-stimulated fluorescent dyes, and a charge coupled device camera for detection of the emitted wavelengths. Output/light intensity may be converted to electrical signal using appropriate software (e.g., GENOTYPER and SEQUENCE NAVIGATOR, Perkin-Elmer), and the entire process from loading of samples to computer analysis and electronic data display may be computer controlled. Capillary electrophoresis is especially preferable for sequencing small DNA fragments which may be present in limited amounts in a particular sample. In another embodiment of the invention, polynucleotide sequences or fragments thereof which encode EXMAD may be cloned in recombinant DNA molecules that direct expression of EXMAD, or fragments or functional equivalents thereof, in appropriate host cells. Due to the inherent degeneracy of the genetic code, other DNA sequences which encode substantially the same or a functionally equivalent amino acid sequence may be produced and used to express EXMAD. The nucleotide sequences of the present invention can be engineered using methods generally known in the art in order to alter EXMAD-encoding sequences for a variety of purposes including, but not Umited to, modification of the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the gene product. DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides may be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences. For example, oligonucleotide- mediated site-directed mutagenesis may be used to introduce mutations that create new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, and so forth.
The nucleotides of the present invention may be subjected to DNA shuffling techniques such as MOLECULARB REEDING (Maxygen Inc., Santa Clara CA: described in U.S. Patent Number 5,837,458: Chang, C.-C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:793-797; Christians, F.C. et al. (1999) Nat. Biotechnol. 17:259-264; and Crameri, A. et al. (1996) Nat. Biotechnol. 14:315-319) to alter or improve the biological properties of EXMAD, such as its biological or enzymatic activity or its ability to bind to other molecules or compounds. DNA shuffling is a process by which a library of gene variants is produced using PCR-mediated recombination of gene fragments. The library is then subjected to selection or screening procedures that identify those gene variants with the desired properties. These preferred variants may then be pooled and further subjected to recursive rounds of DNA shuffling and selection/screening. Thus, genetic diversity is created through "artificial" breeding and rapid molecular evolution. For example, fragments of a single gene containing random point mutations may be recombined, screened, and then reshuffled until the desired properties are optimized. Alternatively, fragments of a given gene may be recombined with fragments of homologous genes in the same gene family, either from the same or different species, thereby maximizing the genetic diversity of multiple naturally occurring genes in a directed and controllable manner.
In another embodiment, sequences encoding EXMAD may be synthesized, in whole or in part, using chemical methods well known in the art. (See, e.g., Caruthers, M.H. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:215-223; and Horn, T. et al. (1980) Nucleic Acids Symp. Ser. 7:225-232.) Alternatively, EXMAD itself or a fragment thereof may be synthesized using chemical methods. For example, peptide synthesis can be performed using various solid-phase techniques. (See, e.g., Roberge, J.Y. et al. (1995) Science 269:202-204.) Automated synthesis may be achieved using the ABI 431A peptide synthesizer (Perkin-Elmer). Additionally, the amino acid sequence of EXMAD, or any part thereof, may be altered during direct synthesis and/or combined with sequences from other proteins, or any part thereof, to produce a variant polypeptide.
The peptide may be substantially purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography. (See, e.g., Chiez, R.M. and F.Z. Regnier (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:392-421.) The composition of the synthetic peptides may be confirmed by amino acid analysis or by sequencing. (See, e.g., Creighton, T. (1984) Proteins, Structures and Molecular Properties, WH Freeman, New York NY.)
In order to express a biologically active EXMAD, the nucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD or derivatives thereof may be inserted into an appropriate expression vector, i.e., a vector which contains the necessary elements for transcriptional and translational control of the inserted coding sequence in a suitable host. These elements include regulatory sequences, such as enhancers, constitutive and inducible promoters, and 5' and 3' untranslated regions in the vector and in polynucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD. Such elements may vary in their strength and specificity. Specific initiation signals may also be used to achieve more efficient translation of sequences encoding EXMAD. Such signals include the ATG initiation codon and adjacent sequences, e.g. the Kozak sequence. In cases where sequences encoding EXMAD and its initiation codon and upstream regulatory sequences are inserted into the appropriate expression vector, no additional transcriptional or translational control signals may be needed. However, in cases where only coding sequence, or a fragment thereof, is inserted, exogenous translational control signals including an in-frame ATG initiation codon should be provided by the vector. Exogenous translational elements and initiation codons may be of various origins, both natural and synthetic. The efficiency of expression may be enhanced by the inclusion of enhancers appropriate for the particular host cell system used. (See, e.g., Scharf, D. et al. (1994) Results Probl. Cell Differ. 20:125-162.)
Methods which are well known to those skilled in the art may be used to construct expression vectors containing sequences encoding EXMAD and appropriate transcriptional and translational control elements. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques, and in vivo genetic recombination. (See, e.g., Sambrook, J. et al. (1989) Molecular Cloning. A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Plainview NY, ch. 4, 8, and 16-17; Ausubel, F.M. et al. (1995) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley & Sons, New York NY, ch. 9, 13, and 16.)
A variety of expression vector/host systems may be utilized to contain and express sequences encoding EXMAD. These include, but are not limited to, microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid, or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors; insect cell systems infected with viral expression vectors (e.g., baculovirus); plant cell systems fransformed with viral expression vectors (e.g., cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV, or tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (e.g., Ti or pBR322 plasmids); or animal cell systems. The invention is not limited by the host cell employed.
In bacterial systems, a number of cloning and expression vectors may be selected depending upon the use intended for polynucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD. For example, routine cloning, subcloning, and propagation of polynucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD can be achieved using a multifunctional E. coli vector such as PBLUESCRIPT (Stratagene, La Jolla CA) or PSPORTl plasmid (Life Technologies). Ligation of sequences encoding EXMAD into the vector's multiple cloning site disrupts the lacZ gene, allowing a colorimetric screening procedure for identification of transformed bacteria containing recombinant molecules. In addition, these vectors may be useful for in vitro transcription, ideoxy sequencing, single strand rescue with helper phage, and creation of nested deletions in the cloned sequence. (See, e.g., Van Heeke, G. and S.M. Schuster (1989) J. Biol. Chem. 264:5503-5509.) WTien large quantities of EXMAD are needed, e.g. for the production of antibodies, vectors which direct high level expression of EXMAD may be used. For example, vectors containing the strong, inducible T5 or T7 bacteriophage promoter may be used. Yeast expression systems may be used for production of EXMAD. A number of vectors containing constitutive or inducible promoters, such as alpha factor, alcohol oxidase, and PGH promoters, may be used in the yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae or Pichia pastoris. In addition, such vectors direct either the secretion or intracellular retention of expressed proteins and enable integration of foreign sequences into the host genome for stable propagation. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1995, supra; Bitter, G.A. et al. (1987) Methods Enzymol. 153:516-544; and Scorer, CA. et al. (1994) Bio/Technology 12:181-184.)
Plant systems may also be used for expression of EXMAD. Transcription of sequences encoding EXMAD may be driven viral promoters, e.g., the 35S and 19S promoters of CaMV used alone or in combination with the omega leader sequence from TMV (Takamatsu, N. (1987) EMBO J. 6:307-311). Alternatively, plant promoters such as the small subunit of RUBISCO or heat shock promoters may be used. (See, e.g., Coruzzi, G. et al. (1984) EMBO J. 3:1671-1680; Broglie. R. et al. (1984) Science 224:838-843; and Winter, J. et al. (1991) Results Probl. Cell Differ. 17:85-105.) These constructs can be introduced into plant cells by direct DNA transformation or pathogen-mediated transfection. (See, e.g., The McGraw Hill Yearbook of Science and Technology (1992) McGraw Hill, New York NY, pp. 191-196.)
In mammalian cells, a number of viral-based expression systems may be utilized. In cases where an adenovirus is used as an expression vector, sequences encoding EXMAD may be ligated into an adenovirus transcription/translation complex consisting of the late promoter and tripartite leader sequence. Insertion in a non-essential El or E3 region of the viral genome may be used to obtain infective virus which expresses EXMAD in host cells. (See, e.g., Logan, J. and T. Shenk (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81 :3655-3659.) In addition, transcription enhancers, such as the Rous sarcoma virus (RSV) enhancer, may be used to increase expression in mammalian host cells. SV40 or EBV- based vectors may also be used for high-level protein expression. Human artificial chromosomes (HACs) may also be employed to deliver larger fragments of
DNA than can be contained in and expressed from a plasmid. HACs of about 6 kb to 10 Mb are constructed and deUvered via conventional delivery methods (liposomes, polycationic amino polymers, or vesicles) for therapeutic purposes. (See, e.g., Harrington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355.) For long term production of recombinant proteins in mammalian systems, stable expression of EXMAD in cell lines is preferred. For example, sequences encoding EXMAD can be fransformed into cell lines using expression vectors which may contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. Following the introduction of the vector, cells may be allowed to grow for about 1 to 2 days in enriched media before being switched to selective media. The purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to a selective agent, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells which successfully express the introduced sequences. Resistant clones of stably transformed cells may be propagated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type.
Any number of selection systems may be used to recover transformed cell lines. These include, but are not limited to, the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase genes, for use in tk and apr cells, respectively. (See, e.g., Wigler, M. et al. (1977) Cell 11:223-232; Lowy, I. et al. (1980) Cell 22:817-823.) Also, antimetabolite, antibiotic, or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection. For example, dhfr confers resistance to methotrexate; neo confers resistance to the aminoglycosides neomycin and G-418: and als and pat confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively. (See, e.g., Wigler, M. et al. (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:3567-3570: Colbere-Garapin, F. et al. (1981) J. Mol. Biol. 150:1-14.) Additional selectable genes have been described, e.g., trpB and hisD, which alter cellular requirements for metaboUtes. (See, e.g., Hartman, S.C. and R.C. Mulligan (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:8047-8051.) Visible markers, e.g., anthocyanins, green fluorescent proteins (GFP; Clontech), β glucuronidase and its substrate β-glucuronide, or luciferase and its substrate luciferin may be used. These markers can be used not only to identify transformants, but also to quantify the amount of transient or stable protein expression attributable to a specific vector system. (See, e.g., Rhodes, CA. (1995) Methods Mol. Biol. 55:121-131.)
Although the presence/absence of marker gene expression suggests that the gene of interest is also present, the presence and expression of the gene may need to be confirmed. For example, if the sequence encoding EXMAD is inserted within a marker gene sequence, transformed cells containing sequences encoding EXMAD can be identified by the absence of marker gene function. Alternatively, a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding EXMAD under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of the tandem gene as well.
In general, host cells that contain the nucleic acid sequence encoding EXMAD and that express EXMAD may be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-DNA or DNA-RNA hybridizations, PCR amplification, and protein bioassay or immunoassay techniques which include membrane, solution, or chip based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of nucleic acid or protein sequences. Immunological methods for detecting and measuring the expression of EXMAD using either specific polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies are known in the art. Examples of such techniques include enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs). radioimmunoassays (RIAs). and fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS). A two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering epitopes on EXMAD is preferred, but a competitive binding assay may be employed. These and other assays are well known in the art. (See, e.g., Hampton, R. et al. (1990) Serological Methods, a Laboratory Manual. APS Press, St. Paul MN, Sect. IV; Coligan, J.E. et al. (1997) Current Protocols in Immunology. Greene Pub. Associates and Wiley-Interscience, New York NY; and Pound, J.D. (1998) Immunochemical Protocols, Humana Press, Totowa NJ.) A wide variety of labels and conjugation techniques are known by those skilled in the art and may be used in various nucleic acid and amino acid assays. Means for producing labeled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to polynucleotides encoding EXMAD include oligolabeling, nick translation, endLlabeling, or PCR amplification using a labeled nucleotide. Alternatively, the sequences encoding EXMAD, or any fragments thereof, may be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe. Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by addition of an appropriate RNA polymerase such as T7, T3, or SP6 and labeled nucleotides. These procedures may be conducted using a variety of commercially available kits, such as those provided by Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, Promega (Madison WI), and US Biochemical. Suitable reporter molecules or labels which may be used for ease of detection include radionuclides, enzymes, fluorescent, chemiluminescent, or chromogenic agents, as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
Host cells transformed with nucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD may be cultured under conditions suitable for the expression and recovery of the protein from cell culture. The protein produced by a transformed cell may be secreted or retained intracellularly depending on the sequence and/or the vector used. As will be understood by those of skill in the art, expression vectors containing polynucleotides which encode EXMAD may be designed to contain signal sequences which direct secretion of EXMAD through a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell membrane.
In addition, a host cell strain may be chosen for its ability to modulate expression of the inserted sequences or to process the expressed protein in the desired fashion. Such modifications of the polypeptide include, but are not limited to, acetylation, carboxylation, glycosylation, phosphorylation, lipidation, and acylation. Post-translational processing which cleaves a "prepro" or "pro" form of the protein may also be used to specify protein targeting, folding, and/or activity. Different host cells which have specific cellular machinery and characteristic mechanisms for post-translational activities (e.g., CHO, HeLa, MDCK, HEK293, and WI38) are available from the American Type Culture
Collection (ATCC, Manassas VA) and may be chosen to ensure the correct modification and processing of the foreign protein.
In another embodiment of the invention, natural, modified, or recombinant nucleic acid sequences encoding EXMAD may be ligated to a heterologous sequence resulting in translation of a fusion protein in any of the aforementioned host systems. For example, a chimeric EXMAD protein containing a heterologous moiety that can be recognized by a commercially available antibody may facilitate the screening of peptide libraries for inhibitors of EXMAD activity. Heterologous protein and peptide moieties may also facilitate purification of fusion proteins using commercially available affinity matrices. Such moieties include, but are not limited to, glutathione S-fransferase (GST), maltose binding protein (MBP), thioredoxin (Trx), calmodulin binding peptide (CBP), 6-His, FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA). GST, MBP, Trx, CBP, and 6-His enable purification of their cognate fusion proteins on immobilized glutathione, maltose, phenylarsine oxide, calmodulin, and metal-chelate resins, respectively. FLAG, c-myc, and hemagglutinin (HA) enable immunoaffinity purification of fusion proteins using commercially available monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies that specifically recognize these epitope tags. A fusion protein may also be engineered to contain a proteolytic cleavage site located between the EXMAD encoding sequence and the heterologous protein sequence, so that EXMAD may be cleaved away from the heterologous moiety following purification. Methods for fusion protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel (1995, supra, ch. 10). A variety of commercially available kits may also be used to facilitate expression and purification of fusion proteins. In a further embodiment of the invention, synthesis of radiolabeled EXMAD may be achieved in vitro using the TNT rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheat germ extract system (Promega). These systems couple transcription and translation of protein-coding sequences operably associated with the T7, T3, or SP6 promoters. Translation takes place in the presence of a radiolabeled amino acid precursor, for example, 3:,S-methionine.
Fragments of EXMAD may be produced not only by recombinant means, but also by direct peptide synthesis using solid-phase techniques. (See, e.g.. Creighton, supra, pp. 55-60.) Protein synthesis may be performed by manual techniques or by automation. Automated synthesis may be achieved, for example, using the ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer (Perkin-Elmer). Various fragments of EXMAD may be synthesized separately and then combined to produce the full length molecule. THERAPEUTICS
Chemical and structural similarity, e.g., in the context of sequences and motifs, exists between regions of EXMAD and extracellular matrix and adhesion-associated proteins. In addition, the expression of EXMAD is closely associated with cancerous, proliferating, inflamed, nervous, reproductive, urologic, hematopoietic/immune, cardiovascular, musculoskeletal, developmental, and gastrointestinal tissues, and with cell proliferative disorders, including cancer, inflammation and the immune response. Therefore, EXMAD appears to play a role in cell proliferative, immune, reproductive, neuronal, and genetic disorders. In the treatment of disorders associated with increased EXMAD expression or activity, it is desirable to decrease the expression or activity of EXMAD. In the treatment of disorders associated with decreased EXMAD expression or activity, it is desirable to increase the expression or activity of EXMAD.
Therefore, in one embodiment, EXMAD or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of EXMAD. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, a cell proliferative disorder, such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, a cancer of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone marrow, brain, breast, cervix, gall bladder, ganglia, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney, liver, lung, muscle, ovary, pancreas, parathyroid, penis, prostate, salivary glands, skin, spleen, testis, thymus, thyroid, and uterus; an immune disorder, such as inflammation, actinic keratosis, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), Addison's disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, allergies, ankylosing spondylitis, amyloidosis, anemia, arteriosclerosis, asthma, atherosclerosis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thyroiditis, autoimmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED), bronchitis, bursitis, cholecystitis, cirrhosis, contact dermatitis, Crohn's disease, atopic dermatitis, dermatomyositis, diabetes mellitus, emphysema, erythroblastosis fetalis, erythema nodosum, atrophic gastritis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, gout, Graves' disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, hepatitis, hypereosinophilia, irritable bowel syndrome, episodic lymphopenia with lymphocytotoxins, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, myocardial or pericardial inflammation, myelofibrosis, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, pancreatitis, polycythemia vera, polymyositis, psoriasis, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, Sjogren's syndrome, systemic anaphylaxis, systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, primary thrombocythemia, thrombocytopenic purpura, ulcerative colitis, uveitis, Werner syndrome, complications of cancer, hemodialysis, and extracorporeal circulation, viral, bacterial, fungal, parasitic, protozoal, and helminthic infections, trauma, and hematopoietic cancer including lymphoma, leukemia, and myeloma; a reproductive disorder, such as a disorder of prolactin production, infertility, including tubal disease, ovulatory defects, and endometriosis, a disruption of the estrous cycle, a disruption of the menstrual cycle, polycystic ovary syndrome, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, an endometrial or ovarian tumor, a uterine fibroid, autoimmune disorders, an ectopic pregnancy, and teratogenesis: cancer of the breast, fibrocystic breast disease, and galactorrhea; a disruption of spermatogenesis, abnormal sperm physiology, cancer of the testis, cancer of the prostate, benign prostatic hyperplasia, prostatitis, Peyronie's disease, impotence, carcinoma of the male breast, and gynecomastia; a neuronal disorder, such as akathesia, Alzheimer's disease, amnesia, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, bipolar disorder, catatonia, cerebral neoplasms, dementia, depression, diabetic neuropathy, Down's syndrome, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, epilepsy, Huntington's disease, peripheral neuropathy, multiple sclerosis, neurofibromatosis, Parkinson's disease, paranoid psychoses, postherpetic neuralgia, schizophrenia, and Tourette's disorder; and a genetic disorder, such as adrenoleukodystrophy, Alport's syndrome, choroideremia, Duchenne and Becker muscular dystrophy, Down's syndrome, cystic fibrosis, chronic granulomatous disease, dentinogenesis imperfecta type II, dentin dysplasia type II, Gaucher's disease, Huntington's chorea, Marfan's syndrome, muscular dystrophy, myotonic dystrophy, pycnodysostosis, Refsum's syndrome, retinoblastoma, sickle cell anemia, thalassemia, Werner syndrome, von Willebrand's disease, Wilms' tumor, Zellweger syndrome, peroxisomal acyl-CoA oxidase deficiency, peroxisomal thiolase deficiency, peroxisomal bifunctional protein deficiency, mitochondrial carnitine palmitoyl transferase and carnitine deficiency, mitochondrial very-long-chain acyl-CoA dehydrogenase deficiency, mitochondrial medium-chain acyl-CoA dehydrogenase deficiency, mitochondria] short-chain acyl- CoA dehydrogenase deficiency, mitochondrial electron transport flavoprotein and electron transport flavoprotein:ubiquinone oxidoreductase deficiency, mitochondrial trifunctional protein deficiency, and mitochondrial short-chain 3-hydroxyacyl-CoA dehydrogenase deficiency.
In another embodiment, a vector capable of expressing EXMAD or a fragment or derivative thereof may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of EXMAD including, but not limited to, those described above.
In a further embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a substantially purified EXMAD in conjunction with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of EXMAD including, but not limited to, those provided above.
In still another embodiment, an agonist which modulates the activity of EXMAD may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with decreased expression or activity of EXMAD including, but not limited to, those listed above.
In a further embodiment, an antagonist of EXMAD may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of EXMAD. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, those cell proliferative, immune, reproductive, neuronal, and genetic disorders described above. In one aspect, an antibody which specifically binds EXMAD may be used directly as an antagonist or indirectly as a targeting or delivery mechanism for bringing a pharmaceutical agent to cells or tissues which express EXMAD.
In an additional embodiment, a vector expressing the complement of the polynucleotide encoding EXMAD may be administered to a subject to treat or prevent a disorder associated with increased expression or activity of EXMAD including, but not limited to, those described above. In other embodiments, any of the proteins, antagonists, antibodies, agonists, complementary sequences, or vectors of the invention may be administered in combination with other appropriate therapeutic agents. Selection of the appropriate agents for use in combination therapy may be made by one of ordinary skill in the art, according to conventional pharmaceutical principles. The combination of therapeutic agents may act synergistically to effect the treatment or prevention of the various disorders described above. Using this approach, one may be able to achieve therapeutic efficacy with lower dosages of each agent, thus reducing the potential for adverse side effects.
An antagonist of EXMAD may be produced using methods which are generally known in the art. In particular, purified EXMAD may be used to produce antibodies or to screen libraries of pharmaceutical agents to identify those which specifically bind EXMAD. Antibodies to EXMAD may also be generated using methods that are well known in the art. Such antibodies may include, but are not limited to, polyclonal, monoclonal, chimeric, and single chain antibodies, Fab fragments, and fragments produced by a Fab expression library. Neutralizing antibodies (i.e., those which inhibit dimer formation) are generally preferred for therapeutic use.
For the production of antibodies, various hosts including goats, rabbits, rats, mice, humans, and others may be immunized by injection with EXMAD or with any fragment or oligopeptide thereof which has immunogenic properties. Depending on the host species, various adjuvants may be used to increase immunological response. Such adjuvants include, but are not limited to, Freund's, mineral gels such as aluminum hydroxide, and surface active substances such as lysolecithin, pluronic polyols, polyanions, peptides, oil emulsions, KLH, and dinitrophenol. Among adjuvants used in humans, BCG (bacilli Calmette-Guerin) and Corynebacterium parvum are especially preferable.
It is preferred that the oligopeptides, peptides, or fragments used to induce antibodies to EXMAD have an amino acid sequence consisting of at least about 5 amino acids, and generally will consist of at least about 10 amino acids. It is also preferable that these oligopeptides, peptides, or fragments are identical to a portion of the amino acid sequence of the natural protein and contain the entire amino acid sequence of a small, naturally occurring molecule. Short stretches of EXMAD amino acids may be fused with those of another protein, such as KLH, and antibodies to the chimeric molecule may be produced.
Monoclonal antibodies to EXMAD may be prepared using any technique which provides for the production of antibody molecules by continuous cell lines in culture. These include, but are not Umited to, the hybridoma technique, the human B-cell hybridoma technique, and the EBV-hybridoma technique. (See, e.g., Kohler, G. et al. (1975) Nature 256:495-497; Kozbor, D. et al. (1985) J. Immunol. Methods 81:31-42; Cote, R.J. et al. (1983) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 80:2026-2030; and Cole, S.P. et al. (1984) Mol. Cell Biol. 62:109-120.)
In addition, techniques developed for the production of "chimeric antibodies." such as the splicing of mouse antibody genes to human antibody genes to obtain a molecule with appropriate antigen specificity and biological activity, can be used. (See, e.g., Morrison, S.L. et al. (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81 :6851-6855; Neuberger, M.S. et al. (1984) Nature 312:604-608; and Takeda, S. et al. (1985) Nature 314:452-454.) Alternatively, techniques described for the production of single chain antibodies may be adapted, using methods known in the art, to produce EXMAD-specific single chain antibodies. Antibodies with related specificity, but of distinct idiotypic composition, may be generated by chain shuffling from random combinatorial immunoglobulin libraries. (See, e.g., Burton, D.R. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88:10134-10137.)
Antibodies may also be produced by inducing in vivo production in the lymphocyte population or by screening immunoglobulin libraries or panels of highly specific binding reagents as disclosed in the literature. (See, e.g., Orlandi, R. et al. (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86:3833-3837; Winter. G. et al. (1991) Nature 349:293-299.)
Antibody fragments which contain specific binding sites for EXMAD may also be generated. For example, such fragments include, but are not limited to, F(ab')2 fragments produced by pepsin digestion of the antibody molecule and Fab fragments generated by reducing the disulfide bridges of the F(ab!)2 fragments. Alternatively, Fab expression libraries may be constructed to allow rapid and easy identification of monoclonal Fab fragments with the desired specificity. (See, e.g., Huse, W.D. et al. (1989) Science 246:1275-1281.)
Various immunoassays may be used for screening to identify antibodies having the desired specificity. Numerous protocols for competitive binding or immunoradiomefric assays using either polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies with established specificities are well known in the art. Such immunoassays typically involve the measurement of complex formation between EXMAD and its specific antibody. A two-site, monoclonal-based immunoassay utilizing monoclonal antibodies reactive to two non-interfering EXMAD epitopes is generally used, but a competitive binding assay may also be employed (Pound, supra).
Various methods such as Scatchard analysis in conjunction with radioimmunoassay techniques may be used to assess the affinity of antibodies for EXMAD. Affinity is expressed as an association constant, K^, which is defined as the molar concentration of EXMAD-antibody complex divided by the molar concentrations of free antigen and free antibody under equilibrium conditions. The Ka determined for a preparation of polyclonal antibodies, which are heterogeneous in their affinities for multiple EXMAD epitopes, represents the average affinity, or avidity, of the antibodies for EXMAD. The K, determined for a preparation of monoclonal antibodies, which are monospecific for a particular EXMAD epitope, represents a true measure of affinity. High-affinity antibody preparations with Kd ranging from about 109 to 1012 L/mole are preferred for use in immunoassays in which the EXMAD- antibody complex must withstand rigorous manipulations. Low-affinity antibody preparations with Ka ranging from about 106 to 107 L/mole are preferred for use in immunopurification and similar procedures which ultimately require dissociation of EXMAD, preferably in active form, from the antibody (Catty, D. (1988) Antibodies, Volume I: A Practical Approach, IRL Press, Washington, DC; Liddell, J.E. and Cryer, A. (1991) A Practical Guide to Monoclonal Antibodies, John Wiley & Sons, New York NY).
The titer and avidity of polyclonal antibody preparations may be further evaluated to determine the quality and suitability of such preparations for certain downstream applications. For example, a polyclonal antibody preparation containing at least 1-2 mg specific antibody/ml, preferably 5-10 mg specific antibody/ml, is generally employed in procedures requiring precipitation of EXMAD-antibody complexes. Procedures for evaluating antibody specificity, titer, and avidity, and guidelines for antibody quality and usage in various applications, are generally available. (See, e.g., Catty, supra, and Coligan et al. supra.)
In another embodiment of the invention, the polynucleotides encoding EXMAD, or any fragment or complement thereof, may be used for therapeutic purposes. In one aspect, the complement of the polynucleotide encoding EXMAD may be used in situations in which it would be desirable to block the transcription of the mRNA. In particular, cells may be transformed with sequences complementary to polynucleotides encoding EXMAD. Thus, complementary molecules or fragments may be used to modulate EXMAD activity, or to achieve regulation of gene function. Such technology is now well known in the art, and sense or antisense oligonucleotides or larger fragments can be designed from various locations along the coding or control regions of sequences encoding EXMAD. Expression vectors derived from retroviruses, adenoviruses, or herpes or vaccinia viruses, or from various bacterial plasmids, may be used for delivery of nucleotide sequences to the targeted organ, tissue, or cell population. Methods which are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct vectors to express nucleic acid sequences complementary to the polynucleotides encoding EXMAD. (See, e.g., Sambrook, supra; Ausubel, 1995, supra.)
Genes encoding EXMAD can be turned off by transforming a cell or tissue with expression vectors which express high levels of a polynucleotide, or fragment thereof, encoding EXMAD. Such constructs may be used to introduce untranslatable sense or antisense sequences into a cell. Even in the absence of integration into the DNA, such vectors may continue to transcribe RNA molecules until they are disabled by endogenous nucleases. Transient expression may last for a month or more with a non-replicating vector, and may last even longer if appropriate replication elements are part of the vector system.
As mentioned above, modifications of gene expression can be obtained by designing complementary sequences or antisense molecules (DNA, RNA, or PNA) to the control, 5', or regulatory regions of the gene encoding EXMAD. Oligonucleotides derived from the transcription initiation site, e.g., between about positions -10 and +10 from the start site, may be employed. Similarly, inhibition can be achieved using triple helix base-pairing methodology. Triple helix pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double helix to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or regulatory molecules. Recent therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the literature. (See, e.g., Gee, J.E. et al. (1994) in Huber, B.E. and B.I. Carr, Molecular and Immunologic Approaches, Futura Publishing, Mt. Kisco NY, pp. 163-177.) A complementary sequence or antisense molecule may also be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes. Ribozymes, enzymatic RNA molecules, may also be used to catalyze the specific cleavage of RNA. The mechanism of ribozyme action involves sequence-specific hybridization of the ribozyme molecule to complementary target RNA, followed by endonucleolytic cleavage. For example, engineered hammerhead motif ribozyme molecules may specifically and efficiently catalyze endonucleolytic cleavage of sequences encoding EXMAD.
Specific ribozyme cleavage sites within any potential RNA target are initially identified by scanning the target molecule for ribozyme cleavage sites, including the following sequences: GUA, GUU, and GUC Once identified, short RNA sequences of between 15 and 20 ribonucleotides, corresponding to the region of the target gene containing the cleavage site, may be evaluated for secondary structural features which may render the oligonucleotide inoperable. The suitability of candidate targets may also be evaluated by testing accessibility to hybridization with complementary oligonucleotides using ribonuclease protection assays.
Complementary ribonucleic acid molecules and ribozymes of the invention may be prepared by any method known in the art for the synthesis of nucleic acid molecules. These include techniques for chemically synthesizing oligonucleotides such as solid phase phosphoramidite chemical synthesis.
Alternatively, RNA molecules may be generated by in vitro and in vivo transcription of DNA sequences encoding EXMAD. Such DNA sequences may be incorporated into a wide variety of vectors with suitable RNA polymerase promoters such as T7 or SP6. Alternatively, these cDNA constructs that synthesize complementary RNA, constitutively or inducibly, can be introduced into cell lines, cells, or tissues.
RNA molecules may be modified to increase intracellular stability and half-life. Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5' and/or 3' ends of the molecule, or the use of phosphorofhioate or 2' O-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the backbone of the molecule. This concept is inherent in the production of PNAs and can be extended in all of these molecules by the inclusion of nonfraditional bases such as inosine, queosine, and wybutosine, as well as acetyl-, methyl-, thio-, and similarly modified forms of adenine, cytidine, guanine, thymine, and uridine which are not as easily recognized by endogenous endonucleases.
Many methods for introducing vectors into cells or tissues are available and equally suitable for use in vivo, in vitro, and ex vivo. For ex vivo therapy, vectors may be introduced into stem cells taken from the patient and clonally propagated for autologous transplant back into that same patient.
Delivery by transfection, by liposome injections, or by polycationic amino polymers may be achieved using methods which are well known in the art. (See, e.g., Goldman, C.K et al. (1997) Nat. Biotechnol. 15:462-466.)
Any of the therapeutic methods described above may be applied to any subject in need of such therapy, including, for example, mammals such as humans, dogs, cats, cows, horses, rabbits, and monkeys.
An additional embodiment of the invention relates to the administration of a pharmaceutical or sterile composition, in conjunction with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for any of the therapeutic effects discussed above. Such pharmaceutical compositions may consist of EXMAD, antibodies to EXMAD, and mimetics, agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of EXMAD. The compositions may be administered alone or in combination with at least one other agent, such as a stabihzing compound, which may be administered in any sterile, biocompatible pharmaceutical carrier including, but not limited to, saline, buffered saline, dextrose, and water. The compositions may be administered to a patient alone, or in combination with other agents, drugs, or hormones.
The pharmaceutical compositions utilized in this invention may be administered by any number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intramedullary, intrathecal, intraventricular, transdermal, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral. topical, sublingual, or rectal means. In addition to the active ingredients, these pharmaceutical compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers comprising excipients and auxiliaries which facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations which can be used pharmaceutically. Further details on techniques for formulation and administration may be found in the latest edition of Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Maack Publishing, Easton PA). Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration can be formulated using pharmaceutically acceptable carriers well known in the art in dosages suitable for oral administration. Such carriers enable the pharmaceutical compositions to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions, and the like, for ingestion by the patient.
Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained through combining active compounds with solid excipient and processing the resultant mixture of granules (optionally, after grinding) to obtain tablets or dragee cores. Suitable auxiliaries can be added, if desired. Suitable excipients include carbohydrate or protein fillers, such as sugars, including lactose, sucrose, mannitol, and sorbitol; starch from corn, wheat, rice, potato, or other plants; cellulose, such as methyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose, or sodium carboxymethylcellulose; gums, including arabic and fragacanth; and proteins, such as gelatin and collagen. If desired, disintegrating or solubiUzing agents may be added, such as the cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, agar, and alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate.
Dragee cores may be used in conjunction with suitable coatings, such as concentrated sugar solutions, which may also contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, carbopol gel, polyethylene glycol, and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions, and suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures. Dyestuffs or pigments may be added to the tablets or dragee coatings for product identification or to characterize the quantity of active compound, i.e., dosage.
Pharmaceutical preparations which can be used orally include push-fit capsules made of gelatin, as well as soft, sealed capsules made of gelatin and a coating, such as glycerol or sorbitol. Push-fit capsules can contain active ingredients mixed with fillers or binders, such as lactose or starches, lubricants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and, optionally, stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active compounds may be dissolved or suspended in suitable liquids, such as fatty oils, liquid, or Uquid polyethylene glycol with or without stabilizers. Pharmaceutical formulations suitable for parenteral administration may be formulated in aqueous solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hanks' solution, Ringer's solution, or physiologically buffered saline. Aqueous injection suspensions may contain substances which increase the viscosity of the suspension, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sorbitol, or dextran. Additionally, suspensions of the active compounds may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophiUc solvents or vehicles include fatty oils, such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate, triglycerides, or liposomes. Non-lipid polycationic amino polymers may also be used for delivery. Optionally, the suspension may also contain suitable stabilizers or agents to increase the solubility of the compounds and allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions. For topical or nasal administration, penetrants appropriate to the particular barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be manufactured in a manner that is known in the art, e.g., by means of conventional mixing, dissolving, granulating, dragee-making, levigating, emulsifying, encapsulating, entrapping, or lyophilizing processes. The pharmaceutical composition may be provided as a salt and can be formed with many acids, including but not limited to, hydrochloric, sulfuric, acetic, lactic, tartaric, malic, and succinic acids. Salts tend to be more soluble in aqueous or other protonic solvents than are the corresponding free base forms. In other cases, the preparation may be a lyophilized powder which may contain any or all of the following: 1 mM to 50 mM histidine, 0.1% to 2% sucrose, and 2% to 7% mannitol, at a pH range of 4.5 to 5.5, that is combined with buffer prior to use.
After pharmaceutical compositions have been prepared, they can be placed in an appropriate container and labeled for treatment of an indicated condition. For administration of EXMAD, such labeling would include amount, frequency, and method of administration.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for use in the invention include compositions wherein the active ingredients are contained in an effective amount to achieve the intended purpose. The determination of an effective dose is well within the capability of those skilled in the art.
For any compound, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays, e.g., of neoplastic cells, or in animal models such as mice, rats, rabbits, dogs, or pigs. An animal model may also be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
A therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of active ingredient, for example EXMAD or fragments thereof, antibodies of EXMAD, and agonists, antagonists or inhibitors of EXMAD, which ameliorates the symptoms or condition. Therapeutic efficacy and toxicity may be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or with experimental animals, such as by calculating the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population) or LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) statistics. The dose ratio of toxic to therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index, which can be expressed as the LD50/ED50 ratio. Pharmaceutical compositions which exhibit large therapeutic indices are preferred. The data obtained from cell culture assays and animal studies are used to formulate a range of dosage for human use. The dosage contained in such compositions is preferably within a range of circulating concentrations that includes the ED50 with little or no toxicity. The dosage varies within this range depending upon the dosage form employed, the sensitivity of the patient, and the route of administration. The exact dosage will be determined by the practitioner, in light of factors related to the subject requiring treatment. Dosage and administration are adjusted to provide sufficient levels of the active moiety or to maintain the desired effect. Factors which may be taken into account include the severity of the disease state, the general health of the subject, the age, weight, and gender of the subject, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and response to therapy. Long-acting pharmaceutical compositions may be administered every 3 to 4 days, every week, or biweekly depending on the half-life and clearance rate of the particular formulation.
Normal dosage amounts may vary from about 0.1 μg to 100,000 μg, up to a total dose of about 1 gram, depending upon the route of administration. Guidance as to particular dosages and methods of delivery is provided in the literature and generally available to practitioners in the art. Those skilled in the art will employ different formulations for nucleotides than for proteins or their inhibitors. Similarly, delivery of polynucleotides or polypeptides will be specific to particular cells, conditions, locations, etc. DIAGNOSTICS
In another embodiment, antibodies which specifically bind EXMAD may be used for the diagnosis of disorders characterized by expression of EXMAD, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with EXMAD or agonists, antagonists, or inhibitors of EXMAD. Antibodies useful for diagnostic purposes may be prepared in the same manner as described above for therapeutics. Diagnostic assays for EXMAD include methods which utilize the antibody and a label to detect EXMAD in human body fluids or in extracts of cells or tissues. The antibodies may be used with or without modification, and may be labeled by covalent or non-covalent attachment of a reporter molecule. A wide variety of reporter molecules, several of which are described above, are known in the art and may be used.
A variety of protocols for measuring EXMAD, including ELISAs, RIAs, and FACS. are known in the art and provide a basis for diagnosing altered or abnormal levels of EXMAD expression. Normal or standard values for EXMAD expression are established by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal mammalian subjects, for example, human subjects, with antibody to EXMAD under conditions suitable for complex formation. The amount of standard complex formation may be quantitated by various methods, such as photometric means. Quantities of EXMAD expressed in subject, control, and disease samples from biopsied tissues are compared with the standard values. Deviation between standard and subject values establishes the parameters for diagnosing disease.
In another embodiment of the invention, the polynucleotides encoding EXMAD may be used for diagnostic purposes. The polynucleotides which may be used include oligonucleotide sequences, complementary RNA and DNA molecules, and PNAs. The polynucleotides may be used to detect and quantify gene expression in biopsied tissues in which expression of EXMAD may be correlated with disease. The diagnostic assay may be used to determine absence, presence, and excess expression of EXMAD, and to monitor regulation of EXMAD levels during therapeutic intervention.
In one aspect, hybridization with PCR probes which are capable of detecting polynucleotide sequences, including genomic sequences, encoding EXMAD or closely related molecules may be used to identify nucleic acid sequences which encode EXMAD. The specificity of the probe, whether it is made from a highly specific region, e.g., the 5' regulatory region, or from a less specific region, e.g., a conserved motif, and the stringency of the hybridization or amplification will determine whether the probe identifies only naturally occurring sequences encoding EXMAD, allelic variants, or related sequences. Probes may also be used for the detection of related sequences, and may have at least 50% sequence identity to any of the EXMAD encoding sequences. The hybridization probes of the subject invention may be DNA or RNA and may be derived from the sequence of SEQ ID NO:26-50 or from genomic sequences including promoters, enhancers, and introns of the EXMAD gene.
Means for producing specific hybridization probes for DNAs encoding EXMAD include the cloning of polynucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD or EXMAD derivatives into vectors for the production of mRNA probes. Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and may be used to synthesize RNA probes in vitro by means of the addition of the appropriate RNA polymer ases and the appropriate labeled nucleotides. Hybridization probes may be labeled by a variety of reporter groups, for example, by radionuclides such as 32P or 33S, or by enzymatic labels, such as alkaline phosphatase coupled to the probe via avidin biotin coupling systems, and the like.
Polynucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD may be used for the diagnosis of disorders associated with expression of EXMAD. Examples of such disorders include, but are not limited to, a cell proliferative disorder, such as actinic keratosis, arteriosclerosis, atherosclerosis, bursitis, cirrhosis, hepatitis, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), myelofibrosis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, polycythemia vera, psoriasis, primary thrombocythemia, and cancers including adenocarcinoma, leukemia, lymphoma, melanoma, myeloma, sarcoma, teratocarcinoma, and, in particular, a cancer of the adrenal gland, bladder, bone, bone marrow, brain, breast, cervix, gall bladder, ganglia, gastrointestinal tract, heart, kidney, liver, lung, muscle, ovary, pancreas, parathyroid, penis, prostate, salivary glands, skin, spleen, testis, thymus, thyroid, and uterus: an immune disorder, such as inflammation, actinic keratosis, acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), Addison's disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, allergies, ankylosing spondylitis, amyloidosis, anemia, arteriosclerosis, asthma, atherosclerosis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune thyroiditis, autoimmune polyendocrinopathy-candidiasis-ectodermal dystrophy (APECED), bronchitis, bursitis, cholecystitis, cirrhosis, contact dermatitis, Crohn's disease, atopic dermatitis, dermatomyositis, diabetes mellitus, emphysema, erythroblastosis fetalis, erythema nodosum, atrophic gastritis, glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, gout, Graves' disease, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria, hepatitis, hypereosinophilia, irritable bowel syndrome, episodic lymphopenia with lymphocytotoxins, mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, myocardial or pericardial inflammation, myelofibrosis, osteoarthritis, osteoporosis, pancreatitis, polycythemia vera, polymyositis, psoriasis, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma, Sjogren's syndrome, systemic anaphylaxis, systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, primary thrombocythemia, thrombocytopenic purpura, ulcerative colitis, uveitis, Werner syndrome, complications of cancer, hemodialysis, and exttacorporeal circulation, viral, bacterial, fungal, parasitic, protozoal, and helminthic infections, trauma, and hematopoietic cancer including lymphoma, leukemia, and myeloma; a reproductive disorder, such as a disorder of prolactin production, infertility, including tubal disease, ovulatory defects, and endometriosis, a disruption of the estrous cycle, a disruption of the menstrual cycle, polycystic ovary syndrome, ovarian hyperstimulation syndrome, an endomefrial or ovarian tumor, a uterine fibroid, autoimmune disorders, an ectopic pregnancy, and teratogenesis; cancer of the breast, fibrocystic breast disease, and galactorrhea; a disruption of spermatogenesis, abnormal sperm physiology, cancer of the testis, cancer of the prostate, benign prostatic hyperplasia, prostatitis, Peyronie's disease, impotence, carcinoma of the male breast, and gynecomastia; a neuronal disorder, such as akathesia, Alzheimer's disease, amnesia, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, bipolar disorder, catatonia, cerebral neoplasms, dementia, depression, diabetic neuropathy, Down's syndrome, tardive dyskinesia, dystonias, epilepsy, Huntington's disease, peripheral neuropathy, multiple sclerosis, neurofibromatosis, Parkinson's disease, paranoid psychoses, postherpetic neuralgia, schizophrenia, and Tourette's disorder; and a genetic disorder, such as adrenoleukodysfrophy, Alport's syndrome, choroideremia, Duchenne and Becker muscular dystrophy, Down's syndrome, cystic fibrosis, chronic granulomatous disease, dentinogenesis imperfecta type II, dentin dysplasia type II, Gaucher' s disease, Huntington's chorea, Marfan's syndrome, muscular dystrophy, myotonic dystrophy, pycnodysostosis, Refsum's syndrome, retinoblastoma, sickle cell anemia, thalassemia, Werner syndrome, von Willebrand's disease, Wilms" tumor, Zellweger syndrome, peroxisomal acyl-CoA oxidase deficiency, peroxisomal thiolase deficiency, peroxisomal bifunctional protein deficiency, mitochondrial carnitine palmitoyl transferase and carnitine deficiency, mitochondrial very-long-chain acyl-CoA dehydrogenase deficiency, mitochondrial medium-chain acyl-CoA dehydrogenase deficiency, mitochondrial short-chain acyl- CoA dehydrogenase deficiency, mitochondrial electron transport flavoprotein and electron transport flavoproteimubiquinone oxidoreductase deficiency, mitochondrial trifunctional protein deficiency, and mitochondrial short-chain 3-hydroxyacyl-CoA dehydrogenase deficiency. The polynucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD may be used in Southern or northern analysis, dot blot, or other membrane-based technologies; in PCR technologies; in dipstick, pin, and multiformat ELISA-like assays; and in microarrays utilizing fluids or tissues from patients to detect altered EXMAD expression. Such qualitative or quantitative methods are well known in the art.
In a particular aspect, the nucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD may be useful in assays that detect the presence of associated disorders, particularly those mentioned above. The nucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD may be labeled by standard methods and added to a fluid or tissue sample from a patient under conditions suitable for the formation of hybridization complexes. After a suitable incubation period, the sample is washed and the signal is quantified and compared with a standard value. If the amount of signal in the patient sample is significantly altered in comparison to a control sample then the presence of altered levels of nucleotide sequences encoding EXMAD in the sample indicates the presence of the associated disorder. Such assays may also be used to evaluate the efficacy of a particular therapeutic treatment regimen in animal studies, in clinical trials, or to monitor the treatment of an individual patient.
In order to provide a basis for the diagnosis of a disorder associated with expression of EXMAD, a normal or standard profile for expression is established. This may be accomplished by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal subjects, either animal or human, with a sequence, or a fragment thereof, encoding EXMAD. under conditions suitable for hybridization or amplification. Standard hybridization may be quantified by comparing the values obtained from normal subjects with values from an experiment in which a known amount of a substantially purified polynucleotide is used. Standard values obtained in this manner may be compared with values obtained from samples from patients who are symptomatic for a disorder. Deviation from standard values is used to establish the presence of a disorder.
Once the presence of a disorder is established and a treatment protocol is initiated, hybridization assays may be repeated on a regular basis to determine if the level of expression in the patient begins to approximate that which is observed in the normal subject. The results obtained from successive assays may be used to show the efficacy of treatment over a period ranging from several days to months.
With respect to cancer, the presence of an abnormal amount of transcript (either under- or overexpressed) in biopsied tissue from an individual may indicate a predisposition for the development of the disease, or may provide a means for detecting the disease prior to the appearance of actual cUnical symptoms. A more definitive diagnosis of this type may allow health professionals to employ preventative measures or aggressive treatment earlier thereby preventing the development or further progression of the cancer.
Additional diagnostic uses for oligonucleotides designed from the sequences encoding EXMAD may involve the use of PCR. These oUgomers may be chemically synthesized, generated enzymaticaUy, or produced in vitro. OUgomers will preferably contain a fragment of a polynucleotide encoding EXMAD, or a fragment of a polynucleotide complementary to the polynucleotide encoding EXMAD, and will be employed under optimized conditions for identification of a specific gene or condition. OUgomers may also be employed under less stringent conditions for detection or quantification of closely related DNA or RNA sequences.
Methods which may also be used to quantify the expression of EXMAD include radiolabeling or biotinylating nucleotides, coamplification of a control nucleic acid, and interpolating results from standard curves. (See, e.g., Melby, P.C et al. (1993) J. Immunol. Methods 159:235-244; Duplaa, C et al. (1993) Anal. Biochem. 212:229-236.) The speed of quantitation of multiple samples may be accelerated by running the assay in a high-throughput format where the oligomer of interest is presented in various dilutions and a spectrophotometric or colorimetric response gives rapid quantitation. In further embodiments, oligonucleotides or longer fragments derived from any of the polynucleotide sequences described herein may be used as targets in a microarray. The microarray can be used to monitor the expression level of large numbers of genes simultaneously and to identify genetic variants, mutations, and polymorphisms. This information may be used to determine gene function, to understand the genetic basis of a disorder, to diagnose a disorder, and to develop and monitor the activities of therapeutic agents.
Microarrays may be prepared, used, and analyzed using methods known in the art. (See, e.g., Brennan, T.M. et al. (1995) U.S. Patent No. 5,474,796; Schena, M. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:10614-10619; Baldeschweiler et al. (1995) PCT application W095/251116: Shalon. D. et al. (1995) PCT application WO95/35505; Heller, R.A. et al. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:2150- 2155; and Heller, M.J. et al. (1997) U.S. Patent No. 5,605,662.)
In another embodiment of the invention, nucleic acid sequences encoding EXMAD may be used to generate hybridization probes useful in mapping the naturally occurring genomic sequence. The sequences may be mapped to a particular chromosome, to a specific region of a chromosome, or to artificial chromosome constructions, e.g., human artificial chromosomes (HACs), yeast artificial chromosomes (YACs), bacterial artificial chromosomes (BACs). bacterial PI constructions, or single chromosome cDN A libraries. (See, e.g., Harrington, J.J. et al. (1997) Nat. Genet. 15:345-355: Price, CM. (1993) Blood Rev. 7:127-134; and Trask, B.J. (1991) Trends Genet. 7:149-154.)
Fluorescent in situ hybridization (FISH) may be correlated with other physical chromosome mapping techniques and genetic map data. (See, e.g., Heinz-Ulrich, et al. (1995) in Meyers, supra, pp. 965-968.) Examples of genetic map data can be found in various scientific journals or at the Online Mendelian Inheritance in Man (OMIM) World Wide Web site. Correlation between the location of the gene encoding EXMAD on a physical chromosomal map and a specific disorder, or a predisposition to a specific disorder, may help define the region of DNA associated with that disorder. The nucleotide sequences of the invention may be used to detect differences in gene sequences among normal, carrier, and affected individuals.
In situ hybridization of chromosomal preparations and physical mapping techniques, such as linkage analysis using established chromosomal markers, may be used for extending genetic maps. Often the placement of a gene on the chromosome of another mammalian species, such as mouse, may reveal associated markers even if the number or arm of a particular human chromosome is not known. New sequences can be assigned to chromosomal arms by physical mapping. This provides valuable information to investigators searching for disease genes using positional cloning or other gene discovery techniques. Once the disease or syndrome has been crudely localized by genetic linkage to a particular genomic region, e.g., ataxia-telangiectasia to 1 lq22-23, any sequences mapping to that area may represent associated or regulatory genes for further investigation. (See, e.g., Gatti, R.A. et al. (1988) Nature 336:577-580.) The nucleotide sequence of the subject invention may also be used to detect differences in the chromosomal location due to translocation, inversion, etc., among normal, carrier, or affected individuals.
In another embodiment of the invention, EXMAD, its catalytic or immunogenic fragments, or oligopeptides thereof can be used for screening libraries of compounds in any of a variety of drug screening techniques. The fragment employed in such screening may be free in solution, affixed to a soUd support, borne on a cell surface, or located intracellularly. The formation of binding complexes between EXMAD and the agent being tested may be measured.
Another technique for drug screening provides for high throughput screening of compounds having suitable binding affinity to the protein of interest. (See, e.g., Geysen, et al. (1984) PCT application WO84/03564.) In this method, large numbers of different small test compounds are synthesized on a solid substrate. The test compounds are reacted with EXMAD, or fragments thereof, and washed. Bound EXMAD is then detected by methods well known in the art. Purified EXMAD can also be coated directly onto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques. Alternatively, non-neutralizing antibodies can be used to capture the peptide and immobilize it on a solid support. In another embodiment, one may use competitive drug screening assays in which neutralizing antibodies capable of binding EXMAD specifically compete with a test compound for binding EXMAD. In this manner, antibodies can be used to detect the presence of any peptide which shares one or more antigenic determinants with EXMAD.
In additional embodiments, the nucleotide sequences which encode EXMAD may be used in any molecular biology techniques that have yet to be developed, provided the new techniques rely on properties of nucleotide sequences that are currently known, including, but not limited to, such properties as the triplet genetic code and specific base pair interactions.
Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art can, using the preceding description, utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. The following preferred specific embodiments are, therefore, to be construed as merely illustrative, and not limitative of the remainder of the disclosure in any way whatsoever.
The disclosures of all patents, applications, and publications mentioned above and below, in particular U.S. Ser. No.60/133,643 and U.S. Ser. No.60/150,409 are hereby expressly incorporated by reference.
EXAMPLES I. Construction of cDNA Libraries
RNA was purchased from Clontech or isolated from tissues described in Table 4. Some tissues were homogenized and lysed in guanidinium isothiocyanate, while others were homogenized and lysed in phenol or in a suitable mixture of denaturants, such as TRIZOL (Life Technologies), a monophasic solution of phenol and guanidine isothiocyanate. The resulting lysates were centrifuged over CsCl cushions or extracted with chloroform. RNA was precipitated from the lysates with either isopropanol or sodium acetate and ethanol, or by other routine methods.
Phenol extraction and precipitation of RNA were repeated as necessary to increase RNA purity. In some cases, RNA was treated with DNase. For most libraries, poly(A+) RNA was isolated using oligo d(T)-coupled paramagnetic particles (Promega), OLIGOTEX latex particles (QIAGEN, Chatsworth CA), or an OLIGOTEX mRNA purification kit (QIAGEN). Alternatively, RNA was isolated directly from tissue lysates using other RNA isolation kits, e.g., the POLY(A)PURE mRNA purification kit (Ambion, Austin TX). In some cases, Sfratagene was provided with RNA and constructed the corresponding cDNA libraries. Otherwise, cDNA was synthesized and cDNA libraries were constructed with the UNIZAP vector system (Stratagene) or SUPERSCRIPT plasmid system (Life Technologies), using the recommended procedures or similar methods known in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1997, supra, units 5.1-6.6.) Reverse transcription was initiated using oligo d(T) or random primers. Synthetic oligonucleotide adapters were Ugated to double sfranded cDNA, and the cDNA was digested with the appropriate restriction enzyme or enzymes. For most libraries, the cDNA was size-selected (300-1000 bp) using SEPHACRYL SI 000, SEPH AROSE CL2B, or SEPH AROSE CL4B column chromatography (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) or preparative agarose gel electrophoresis. cDNAs were ligated into compatible resfriction enzyme sites of the polylinker of a suitable plasmid, e.g., PBLUESCRIPT plasmid (Stratagene), PSPORTl plasmid (Life Technologies), pcDNA2.1 plasmid (Invitrogen, Carlsbad CA), or pINCY plasmid (Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Palo Alto CA). Recombinant plasmids were transformed into competent E. coli cells including XLl-Blue, XLl-BlueMRF, or SOLR from Stratagene or DH5α, DH10B, or ElectroMAX DH10B from Life Technologies. II. Isolation of cDNA Clones Plasmids were recovered from host cells by in vivo excision using the UNIZAP vector system
(Stratagene) or by cell lysis. Plasmids were purified using at least one of the following: a Magic or WIZARD Minipreps DNA purification system (Promega); an AGTC Miniprep purification kit (Edge Biosystems, Gaithersburg MD); and QIAWELL 8 Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Plus Plasmid, QIAWELL 8 Ultra Plasmid purification systems or the R.E.A.L. PREP 96 plasmid purification kit from QIAGEN. Following precipitation, plasmids were resuspended in 0.1 ml of distilled water and stored, with or without lyophilization, at 4°C
Alternatively, plasmid DNA was amplified from host cell lysates using direct link PCR in a high-throughput format (Rao, V.B. (1994) Anal. Biochem. 216:1-14). Host cell lysis and thermal cycling steps were carried out in a single reaction mixture. Samples were processed and stored in 384- well plates, and the concentration of amplified plasmid DNA was quantified fluorometrically using PICOGREEN dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene OR) and a FLUOROSKAN II fluorescence scanner (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland). III. Sequencing and Analysis cDNA sequencing reactions were processed using standard methods or high-throughput instrumentation such as the ABI CATALYST 800 (Perkin-Elmer) thermal cycler or the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research) in conjunction with the HYDRA microdispenser (Robbins Scientific) or the MICROLAB 2200 (Hamilton) liquid transfer system. cDNA sequencing reactions were prepared using reagents provided by Amersham Pharmacia Biotech or supplied in ABI sequencing kits such as the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Terminator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (Perkin-Elmer).
Elecfrophoretic separation of cDNA sequencing reactions and detection of labeled polynucleotides were carried out using the MEGABACE 1000 DNA sequencing system (Molecular Dynamics); the ABI PRISM 373 or 377 sequencing system (Perkin-Elmer) in conjunction with standard ABI protocols and base calling software; or other sequence analysis systems known in the art. Reading frames within the cDNA sequences were identified using standard methods (reviewed in Ausubel, 1997. supra, unit 7.7). Some of the cDNA sequences were selected for extension using the techniques disclosed in Example VI.
The polynucleotide sequences derived from cDNA sequencing were assembled and analyzed using a combination of software programs which utilize algorithms well known to those skilled in the art. Table 5 summarizes the tools, programs, and algorithms used and provides applicable descriptions, references, and threshold parameters. The first column of Table 5 shows the tools, programs, and algorithms used, the second column provides brief descriptions thereof, the third column presents appropriate references, all of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety, and the fourth column presents, where applicable, the scores, probability values, and other parameters used to evaluate the strength of a match between two sequences (the higher the score, the greater the homology between two sequences). Sequences were analyzed using MACDNASIS PRO software (Hitachi Software
Engineering, South San Francisco CA) and LASERGENE software (DNASTAR). Polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence alignments were generated using the default parameters specified by the clustal algorithm as incorporated into the MEGALIGN multisequence alignment program (DNASTAR), which also calculates the percent identity between aligned sequences. The polynucleotide sequences were validated by removing vector, linker, and polyA sequences and by masking ambiguous bases, using algorithms and programs based on BLAST, dynamic programing, and dinucleotide nearest neighbor analysis. The sequences were then queried against a selection of public databases such as the GenBank primate, rodent, mammalian, vertebrate, and eukaryote databases, and BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, and PFAM to acquire annotation using programs based on BLAST, FASTA, and BLIMPS. The sequences were assembled into full length polynucleotide sequences using programs based on Phred, Phrap, and Consed, and were screened for open reading frames using programs based on GeneMark, BLAST, and FASTA. The full length polynucleotide sequences were translated to derive the corresponding full length amino acid sequences, and these full length sequences were subsequently analyzed by querying against databases such as the GenBank databases (described above), SwissProt, BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, Prosite, and Hidden Markov Model (HMM)-based protein family databases such as PFAM. HMM is a probabilistic approach which analyzes consensus primary structures of gene families. (See, e.g., Eddy, S.R. (1996) Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol. 6:361-365.) The programs described above for the assembly and analysis of full length polynucleotide and amino acid sequences were also used to identify polynucleotide sequence fragments from SEQ ID NO:26-50. Fragments from about 20 to about 4000 nucleotides which are useful in hybridization and amplification technologies were described in The Invention section above. IV. Northern Analysis Northern analysis is a laboratory technique used to detect the presence of a transcript of a gene and involves the hybridization of a labeled nucleotide sequence to a membrane on which RNAs from a particular cell type or tissue have been bound. (See, e.g., Sambrook, supra, ch. 7; Ausubel, 1995, supra, ch. 4 and 16.)
Analogous computer techniques applying BLAST were used to search for identical or related molecules in nucleotide databases such as GenBank or LIFESEQ (Incyte Pharmaceuticals). This analysis is much faster than multiple membrane-based hybridizations. In addition, the sensitivity of the computer search can be modified to determine whether any particular match is categorized as exact or similar. The basis of the search is the product score, which is defined as:
% sequence identity x % maximum BLAST score 100
The product score takes into account both the degree of similarity between two sequences and the length of the sequence match. For example, with a product score of 40, the match will be exact within a 1 % to 2% error, and, with a product score of 70, the match will be exact. Similar molecules are usually identified by selecting those which show product scores between 15 and 40, although lower scores may identify related molecules.
The results of northern analyses are reported as a percentage distribution of libraries in which the transcript encoding EXMAD occurred. Analysis involved the categorization of cDNA libraries by organ/tissue and disease. The organ/tissue categories included cardiovascular, dermatologic, developmental, endocrine, gastrointestinal, hematopoietic/immune, musculoskeletal, nervous, reproductive, and urologic. The disease/condition categories included cancer, inflammation, trauma, cell proliferation, neurological, and pooled. For each category, the number of libraries expressing the sequence of interest was counted and divided by the total number of libraries across all categories. Percentage values of tissue-specific and disease- or condition-specific expression are reported in Table 3.
V. Chromosomal Mapping of EXMAD Encoding Polynucleotides
The cDNA sequences which were used to assemble SEQ ID NO:40-50 were compared with sequences from the Incyte LIFESEQ database and public domain databases using BLAST and other implementations of the Smith- Waterman algorithm. Sequences from these databases that matched SEQ ID NO:40-50 were assembled into clusters of contiguous and overlapping sequences using assembly algorithms such as Phrap (Table 5). Radiation hybrid and genetic mapping data available from public resources such as the Stanford Human Genome Center (SHGC), Whitehead Institute for Genome Research (WIGR), and Genethon were used to determine if any of the clustered sequences had been previously mapped. Inclusion of a mapped sequence in a cluster resulted in the assignment of all sequences of that cluster, including its particular SEQ ID NO:, to that map location.
The genetic map locations of SEQ ID NO:42 and SEQ ID NO:48 are described in The Invention as ranges, or intervals, of human chromosomes. The map position of an interval, in centiMorgans, is measured relative to the terminus of the chromosome's p-arm. (The centiMorgan (cM) is a unit of measurement based on recombination frequencies between chromosomal markers. On average, 1 cM is roughly equivalent to 1 megabase (Mb) of DNA in humans, although this can vary widely due to hot and cold spots of recombination.) The cM distances are based on genetic markers mapped by Genethon which provide boundaries for radiation hybrid markers whose sequences were included in each of the clusters.
VI. Extension of EXMAD Encoding Polynucleotides The full length nucleic acid sequences of SEQ ID NO:26-50 were produced by extension of an appropriate fragment of the full length molecule using oligonucleotide primers designed from this fragment. One primer was synthesized to initiate 5 ' extension of the known fragment, and the other primer, to initiate 3' extension of the known fragment. The initial primers were designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences), or another appropriate program, to be about 22 to 30 nucleotides in length, to have a GC content of about 50% or more, and to anneal to the target sequence at temperatures of about 68 °C to about 72 °C. Any stretch of nucleotides which would result in hairpin structures and primer-primer dimerizations was avoided.
Selected human cDNA libraries were used to extend the sequence. If more than one extension was necessary or desired, additional or nested sets of primers were designed. High fidelity amplification was obtained by PCR using methods well known in the art. PCR was performed in 96-well plates using the PTC-200 thermal cycler (MJ Research, Inc.). The reaction mix contained DNA template, 200 nmol of each primer, reaction buffer containing Mg2+, (NH4)2S04, and β-mercaptoethanol, Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), ELONGASE enzyme (Life Technologies), and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene), with the following parameters for primer pair PCI A and PCI B: Step 1: 94°C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 60°C, 1 min; Step 4: 68 °C, 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6: 68 °C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C In the alternative, the parameters for primer pair T7 and SK+ were as follows: Step 1 : 94°C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C 15 sec; Step 3: 57°C, 1 min; Step 4: 68°C, 2 min; Step 5: Steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 20 times; Step 6: 68 °C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C. The concentration of DNA in each well was determined by dispensing 100 μl PICOGREEN quantitation reagent (0.25% (v/v) PICOGREEN; Molecular Probes, Eugene OR) dissolved in IX TE and 0.5 μl of undiluted PCR product into each well of an opaque fluorimeter plate (Corning Costar, Acton MA), allowing the DNA to bind to the reagent. The plate was scanned in a Fluoroskan II (Labsystems Oy, Helsinki, Finland) to measure the fluorescence of the sample and to quantify the concenfration of DNA. A 5 μl to 10 l aliquot of the reaction mixture was analyzed by electrophoresis on a 1 % agarose mini-gel to determine which reactions were successful in extending the sequence. The extended nucleotides were desalted and concentrated, transferred to 384-well plates, digested with CviJI cholera virus endonuclease (Molecular Biology Research, Madison WI), and sonicated or sheared prior to religation into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). For shotgun sequencing, the digested nucleotides were separated on low concentration (0.6 to 0.8%) agarose gels, fragments were excised, and agar digested with Agar ACE (Promega). Extended clones were religated using T4 ligase (New England Biolabs, Beverly MA) into pUC 18 vector (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), treated with Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) to fill-in restriction site overhangs, and transfected into competent E. coli cells. Transformed cells were selected on antibiotic-containing media, individual colonies were picked and cultured overnight at 37 °C in 384-well plates in LB/2x carb liquid media.
The cells were lysed, and DNA was amplified by PCR using Taq DNA polymerase (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) and Pfu DNA polymerase (Stratagene) with the following parameters: Step 1: 94°C, 3 min; Step 2: 94°C, 15 sec; Step 3: 60°C, 1 min; Step 4: 72°C, 2 min; Step 5: steps 2, 3, and 4 repeated 29 times; Step 6: 72°C, 5 min; Step 7: storage at 4°C DNA was quantified by
PICOGREEN reagent (Molecular Probes) as described above. Samples with low DNA recoveries were reamplifϊed using the same conditions as described above. Samples were diluted with 20% dimethysulfoxide (1:2, v/v), and sequenced using DYENAMIC energy transfer sequencing primers and the DYENAMIC DIRECT kit (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) or the ABI PRISM BIGDYE Terminator cycle sequencing ready reaction kit (Perkin-Elmer).
In like manner, the nucleotide sequences of SEQ ID NO:26-50 are used to obtain 5" regulatory sequences using the procedure above, oUgonucleotides designed for such extension, and an appropriate genomic library. VII. Labeling and Use of Individual Hybridization Probes
Hybridization probes derived from SEQ ID NO:26-50 are employed to screen cDNAs, genomic DNAs, or mRNAs. Although the labeling of oligonucleotides, consisting of about 20 base pairs, is specifically described, essentially the same procedure is used with larger nucleotide fragments. Oligonucleotides are designed using state-of-the-art software such as OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and labeled by combining 50 pmol of each oligomer. 250 μCi of [γ-32P] adenosine triphosphate (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech), and T4 polynucleotide kinase (DuPont NEN, Boston MA). The labeled oligonucleotides are substantially purified using a SEPHADEX G-25 superfine size exclusion dextran bead column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). An aliquot containing 107 counts per minute of the labeled probe is used in a typical membrane-based hybridization analysis of human genomic DNA digested with one of the following endonucleases: Ase I, Bgl II, Eco RI, Pst I, Xba I, or Pvu II (DuPont NEN).
The DNA from each digest is fractionated on a 0.7% agarose gel and transferred to nylon membranes (Nytran Plus, Schleicher & Schuell, Durham NH). Hybridization is carried out for 16 hours at 40°C To remove nonspecific signals, blots are sequentially washed at room temperature under conditions of up to, for example, 0.1 x saline sodium citrate and 0.5% sodium dodecyl sulfate. Hybridization patterns are visualized using autoradiography or an alternative imaging means and compared. VIII. Microarrays
A chemical coupling procedure and an ink jet device can be used to synthesize array elements on the surface of a substrate. (See, e.g., Baldeschweiler, supra.) An array analogous to a dot or slot blot may also be used to arrange and link elements to the surface of a substrate using thermal, UV, chemical, or mechanical bonding procedures. A typical array may be produced by hand or using available methods and machines and contain any appropriate number of elements. After hybridization, nonhybridized probes are removed and a scanner used to determine the levels and patterns of fluorescence. The degree of complementarity and the relative abundance of each probe which hybridizes to an element on the microarray may be assessed through analysis of the scanned images.
Full-length cDNAs, Expressed Sequence Tags (ESTs), or fragments thereof may comprise the elements of the microarray. Fragments suitable for hybridization can be selected using software well known in the art such as LASERGENE software (DNASTAR). Full-length cDNAs, ESTs, or fragments thereof corresponding to one of the nucleotide sequences of the present invention, or selected at random from a cDNA library relevant to the present invention, are arranged on an appropriate substrate, e.g., a glass slide. The cDNA is fixed to the slide using, e.g., UV cross-linking followed by thermal and chemical treatments and subsequent drying. (See, e.g., Schena, M. et al. (1995) Science 270:467-470; Shalon, D. et al. (1996) Genome Res. 6:639-645.) Fluorescent probes are prepared and used for hybridization to the elements on the substrate. The substrate is analyzed by procedures described above.
IX. Complementary Polynucleotides
Sequences complementary to the EXMAD-encoding sequences, or any parts thereof, are used to detect, decrease, or inhibit expression of naturally occurring EXMAD. Although use of oligonucleotides comprising from about 15 to 30 base pairs is described, essentially the same procedure is used with smaller or with larger sequence fragments. Appropriate oligonucleotides are designed using OLIGO 4.06 software (National Biosciences) and the coding sequence of EXMAD. To inhibit transcription, a complementary oligonucleotide is designed from the most unique 5" sequence and used to prevent promoter binding to the coding sequence. To inhibit translation, a complementary oligonucleotide is designed to prevent ribosomal binding to the EXMAD-encoding transcript.
X. Expression of EXMAD
Expression and purification of EXMAD is achieved using bacterial or virus-based expression systems. For expression of EXMAD in bacteria, cDNA is subcloned into an appropriate vector containing an antibiotic resistance gene and an inducible promoter that directs high levels of cDNA franscription. Examples of such promoters include, but are not limited to, the trp-lac (tac) hybrid promoter and the T5 or T7 bacteriophage promoter in conjunction with the lac operator regulatory element. Recombinant vectors are fransformed into suitable bacterial hosts, e.g., BL21(DE3). Antibiotic resistant bacteria express EXMAD upon induction with isopropyl beta-D- thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG). Expression of EXMAD in eukaryotic cells is achieved by infecting insect or mammalian cell lines with recombinant Autographica californica nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), commonly known as baculovirus. The nonessential polyhedrin gene of baculovirus is replaced with cDNA encoding EXMAD by either homologous recombination or bacterial-mediated transposition involving transfer plasmid intermediates. Viral infectivity is maintained and the strong polyhedrin promoter drives high levels of cDNA transcription. Recombinant baculovirus is used to infect Spodoptera frugiperda (Sf9) insect cells in most cases, or human hepatocytes, in some cases. Infection of the latter requires additional genetic modifications to baculovirus. (See Engelhard, E.K. et al. (1994) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 91 :3224-3227; Sandig, V. et al. (1996) Hum. Gene Ther. 7:1937-1945.) In most expression systems, EXMAD is synthesized as a fusion protein with, e.g., glutathione S-transferase (GST) or a peptide epitope tag, such as FLAG or 6-His, permitting rapid, single-step, affinity-based purification of recombinant fusion protein from crude cell lysates. GST, a 26-kilodalton enzyme from Schistosoma iaponicum, enables the purification of fusion proteins on immobilized glutathione under conditions that maintain protein activity and antigenicity (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). Following purification, the GST moiety can be proteolytically cleaved from EXMAD at specifically engineered sites. FLAG, an 8-amino acid peptide, enables immunoaffinity purification using commercially available monoclonal and polyclonal anti-FLAG antibodies (Eastman Kodak). 6- His, a stretch of six consecutive histidine residues, enables purification on metal-chelate resins (QIAGEN). Methods for protein expression and purification are discussed in Ausubel (1995, supra, ch. 10 and 16). Purified EXMAD obtained by these methods can be used directly in the following activity assay. XI. Demonstration of EXMAD Activity
An assay for EXMAD activity measures the disruption of cytoskeletal filament networks upon overexpression of EXMAD in cultured cell lines. (Rezniczek, G. A. et al. (1998) J. Cell Biol. 141:209- 225.) cDNA encoding EXMAD is subcloned into a mammalian expression vector that drives high levels of cDNA expression. This construct is transfected into cultured cells, such as rat kangaroo PtK2 or rat bladder carcinoma 804G cells. Actin filaments and intermediate filaments such as keratin and vimentin are visualized by immunofluorescence microscopy using antibodies and techniques well known in the art. The configuration and abundance of cyoskeletal filaments can be assessed and quantified using confocal imaging techniques. In particular, the bundling and collapse of cytoskeletal filament networks are indicative of EXMAD activity.
Alternatively, an assay for EXMAD activity measures the amount of cell aggregation induced by overexpression of EXMAD. In this assay, cultured cells such as NIH3T3 are transfected with cDNA encoding EXMAD contained within a suitable mammalian expression vector under control of a strong promoter. Cotransfection with cDNA encoding a fluorescent marker protein, such as Green Fluorescent Protein (Clontech), is useful for identifying stable transfectants. The amount of cell agglutination, or clumping, associated with transfected cells is compared with that associated with untransfected cells. The amount of cell agglutination is a direct measure of EXMAD activity. Alternatively, cell adhesion activity in EXMAD is measured in a 96-well plate assay in which wells are first coated with EXMAD by adding solutions of EXMAD of varying concentrations to the wells. Excess EXMAD is washed off with saline, and the wells incubated with a solution of 1 % bovine serum albumin to block non-specific cell binding. Aliquots of a cell suspension of a suitable cell type are then added to the wells and incubated for a period of time at 37 °C. Non-adhered cells are washed off with saline and the cells stained with a suitable cell stain such as Coomassie blue. The intensity of staining is measured using a variable wavelength 96-well plate reader and compared to a standard curve to determine the number of cells adhering to the EXMAD coated plates. The degree of cell staining is proportional to the cell adhesion activity of EXMAD in the sample. Alternatively, EXMAD activity is also measured by the interaction of EXMAD with other molecules. EXMAD, or biologically active fragments thereof, are labeled with 125I Bolton-Hunter reagent. (See, e.g., Bolton et al. (1973) Biochem. J. 133:529.) Candidate molecules previously arrayed in the wells of a multi-well plate are incubated with the labeled EXMAD, washed, and any wells with labeled EXMAD complex are assayed. Data obtained using different concentrations of EXMAD are used to calculate values for the number, affinity, and association of EXMAD with the candidate molecules. XII. Functional Assays
EXMAD function is assessed by expressing the sequences encoding EXMAD at physiologically elevated levels in mammaUan cell culture systems. cDNA is subcloned into a mammalian expression vector containing a strong promoter that drives high levels of cDNA expression. Vectors of choice include pCMV SPORT plasmid (Life Technologies) and pCR3.1 plasmid (Invitrogen), both of which contain the cytomegalovirus promoter. 5-10 μg of recombinant vector are transiently transfected into a human cell line, for example, an endothelial or hematopoietic cell line, using either liposome formulations or electroporation. 1-2 μg of an additional plasmid containing sequences encoding a marker protein are co-ttansfected. Expression of a marker protein provides a means to distinguish transfected cells from nontransfected cells and is a reliable predictor of cDNA expression from the recombinant vector. Marker proteins of choice include, e.g., Green Fluorescent Protein (GFP; Clontech), CD64, or a CD64-GFP fusion protein. Flow cytometry (FCM), an automated, laser optics-based technique, is used to identify transfected cells expressing GFP or CD64- GFP and to evaluate the apoptotic state of the cells and other cellular properties. FCM detects and quantifies the uptake of fluorescent molecules that diagnose events preceding or coincident with cell death. These events include changes in nuclear DNA content as measured by staining of DNA with propidium iodide; changes in cell size and granularity as measured by forward light scatter and 90 degree side light scatter; down-regulation of DNA synthesis as measured by decrease in bromodeoxyuridine uptake; alterations in expression of cell surface and intracellular proteins as measured by reactivity with specific antibodies; and alterations in plasma membrane composition as measured by the binding of fluorescein-conjugated Annexin V protein to the cell surface. Methods in flow cytometry are discussed in Ormerod, M.G. (1994) Flow Cytometry, Oxford, New York NY. The influence of EXMAD on gene expression can be assessed using highly purified populations of cells transfected with sequences encoding EXMAD and either CD64 or CD64-GFP. CD64 and CD64-GFP are expressed on the surface of transfected cells and bind to conserved regions of human immunoglobulin G (IgG). Transfected cells are efficiently separated from nontransfected cells using magnetic beads coated with either human IgG or antibody against CD64 (DYNAL, Lake Success NY). mRNA can be purified from the cells using methods well known by those of skill in the art. Expression of mRNA encoding EXMAD and other genes of interest can be analyzed by northern analysis or microarray techniques.
XIII. Production of EXMAD Specific Antibodies
EXMAD substantially purified using polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE; see, e.g., Harrington, M.G. (1990) Methods Enzymol. 182:488-495), or other purification techniques, is used to immunize rabbits and to produce antibodies using standard protocols.
Alternatively, the EXMAD amino acid sequence is analyzed using LASERGENE software (DNASTAR) to determine regions of high immunogenicity, and a corresponding oligopeptide is synthesized and used to raise antibodies by means known to those of skill in the art. Methods for selection of appropriate epitopes, such as those near the C-terminus or in hydrophilic regions are well described in the art. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1995, supra, ch. 11.)
Typically, oligopeptides of about 15 residues in length are synthesized using an ABI 431 A peptide synthesizer (Perkin-Elmer) using fmoc-chemistry and coupled to KLH (Sigma- Aldrich, St. Louis MO) by reaction with N-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (MBS) to increase immunogenicity. (See, e.g., Ausubel, 1995, supra.) Rabbits are immunized with the oligopeptide- KLH complex in complete Freund's adjuvant. Resulting antisera are tested for antipeptide and anti-EXMAD activity by, for example, binding the peptide or EXMAD to a substrate, blocking with 1% BSA, reacting with rabbit antisera, washing, and reacting with radio-iodinated goat anti-rabbit IgG.
XIV. Purification of Naturally Occurring EXMAD Using Specific Antibodies Naturally occurring or recombinant EXMAD is substantially purified by immunoaffinity chromatography using antibodies specific for EXMAD. An immunoaffinity column is constructed by covalently coupling anti-EXMAD antibody to an activated chromatographic resin, such as CNBr-activated SEPHAROSE (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech). After the coupling, the resin is blocked and washed according to the manufacturer's instructions. Media containing EXMAD are passed over the immunoaffinity column, and the column is washed under conditions that allow the preferential absorbance of EXMAD (e.g., high ionic strength buffers in the presence of detergent). The column is eluted under conditions that disrupt antibody/EXMAD binding (e.g., a buffer of pH 2 to pH 3, or a high concentration of a chaotrope, such as urea or thiocyanate ion), and EXMAD is collected. XV. Identification of Molecules Which Interact with EXMAD
EXMAD, or biologically active fragments thereof, are labeled with 125I Bolton-Hunter reagent. (See, e.g., Bolton A.E. and W.M. Hunter (1973) Biochem. J. 133:529-539.) Candidate molecules previously arrayed in the wells of a multi-well plate are incubated with the labeled EXMAD, washed, and any wells with labeled EXMAD complex are assayed. Data obtained using different concentrations of EXMAD are used to calculate values for the number, affinity, and association of EXMAD with the candidate molecules.
Alternatively, molecules interacting with EXMAD are analyzed using the yeast two-hybrid system as described in Fields, S. and O. Song (1989, Nature 340:245-246), or using commercially available kits based on the two-hybrid system, such as the MATCHMAKER system (Clontech).
Various modifications and variations of the described methods and systems of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. Although the invention has been described in connection with certain embodiments, it should be understood that the invention as claimed should not be unduly limited to such specific embodiments. Indeed, various modifications of the described modes for carrying out the invention which are obvious to those skilled in molecular biology or related fields are intended to be within the scope of the following claims.
Table 1
Figure imgf000064_0001
Table 1 (cont.)
Figure imgf000065_0001
Table 1 (cont.)
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000066_0002
Table 2
Figure imgf000067_0001
Table 2 (cont.)
Figure imgf000068_0001
Table 2 (cont.)
Figure imgf000069_0001
Table 2 (cont.)
Figure imgf000070_0001
Table 2 (cont.)
Figure imgf000071_0001
Table 2 (cont.)
Figure imgf000072_0001
Table 2 (cont.)
Figure imgf000073_0001
Table 3
Figure imgf000074_0001
Table 3 (cont.)
Figure imgf000075_0001
Table 3 (cont.)
Figure imgf000076_0001
Table 4
Figure imgf000077_0001
Table 4 (cont.)
Figure imgf000078_0001
Table 4 (cont.)
Figure imgf000079_0001
Table 4 (cont.)
Table 4 (cont.)
Figure imgf000081_0001
Table 5
Program Description Reference Parameter Threshold
ABI FACTURA A program that removes vector sequences and masks Peikin-Elmei Applied Biosystems, ambiguous bases in nucleic acid sequences Fostei City, CA
ABI/PARACEL FDF A Fast Data Finder useful in compaiing and annotating Perkin-Elmei Applied Biosystems, Mismatch <50% amino acid 01 nucleic acid sequences Fostei City, CA, Paiacel Inc , Pasadena, CA
ABI AutoAssembler A program that assembles nucleic acid sequences Pei in-Elmei Applied Biosystems, Foster City, CA
BLAST A Basic Local Alignment Seaich Tool useful in sequence Altschul, S F et al (1990) J Mol Biol ESTs Probability value= 1 0E-8 or similaπty seaich for amino acid and nucleic acid 215 403-410, Altschul, S F et al (1997) less sequences BLAST includes five functions blastp, blastn, Nucleic Acids Res 25 3389-3402 Full Length sequences Probability blastx, tblastn, and tblastx value= 1 OE-lO or less
FASTA A Peaison and Lipman algonthm that seaiches foi Peai son, W R and D J Lipman (1988) Proc ESTs fasta E value=l 06E-6 similaiity between a quei y sequence and a gioup of Natl Acad Sci 85 2444 2448, Peai on, W R Assembled EST fasta Identιty= sequences ot the same type FASTA compi ises as least (1990) Methods Enzymol 183 63-98, and 95% or gi eater and five functions tasta, ttasta, fastx, tfastx, and sseaich Smιth, T F and M S Watei man ( 1981) Adv Match length=200 bases or greater Appl Math 2 482-489 fastx E value=l 0E-8 oi less Full Length sequences fastx score=100 or greater
BLIMPS A BLocks IMPioved Seaicher that matches a sequence Henikoff, S and J G Henikoft, Nucl Acid Score=1000 or greater, against those in BLOCKS, PRINTS, DOMO, PRODOM, Res , 19 6565-72, 1991 J G Henikoff and S Ratio of Score/Strength - 0 75 or and PFAM databases to search foi gene families, sequence Henikoff (1996) Methods Enzymol 266 88- larger, and, if applicable, homology, and structural fingei print regions 105, and Attwood, T K et al (1997) J Chem Probability value= 1 0E-3 or less Inf Comput Sci 37 417 424
HMMER An algonthm for searching a queiy sequence against Krogh, A et al (1994) J Mol Biol , Score=10-50 bits for PFAM hits, hidden Markov model (HMM)-based databases of protein 235 1501-1531 , Sonnhammei , E L L et al depending on individual protein family consensus sequences, such as PFAM (1988) Nucleic Acids Res 26 320-322 families
Table 5 (cont.)
Program Description Reference Parameter Threshold
ProfileScan An algonthm that seaiches foi stiuctuial and sequence Gnbskov, M et l (1988) CABIOS 4 61-66, Normalized quality score>GCG- motifs in piotein sequences that match sequence patterns Gnbskov, et al (1989) Methods Enzymol specified "HIGH" value for that defined in Piosite 183 146 159, Banoch, A et al ( 1997) particular Prosite motif Nucleic Acids Res 25 217-221 Generally, score=l 4-2 1
Phied A base-calling algonthm that examines automated Ewing, B et al (1998) Genome sequencei traces with high sensitivity and piobabi ty Res 8 175-185, Ewing, B and P Green (1998) Genome Res 8 186- 194
Phrap A Phils Revised Assembly Piogiam including SWAT and Smith, T F and M S Wateiman (1981) Adv Score= 120 or greater, CrossMatch, programs based on efficient implementation Appl Math 2 482-489, Smith, T F and M Match length= 56 or greater of the Smith- Waterman algonthm, useful in seaiching S Waterman (1981) J Mol Biol 147 195- sequence homology and assembling DNA sequences 197, and Green, P , University of Washington, Seattle, WA
Consed A giaphical tool foi viewing and editing Phiap assemblies Goidon, D et al (1998) Genome Res 8 195-202
SPScan A weight mat x analysis program that scans piotein Nielson, H et al ( 1997) Piotein Engineering Scoιe=3 5 or greater sequences foi the piesence of seuetoi y signal peptides 10 1 6, Clavene, I M and S Audιc ( 1997) CABIOS 12 431 439
Motifs A piogiam that seaiches amino acid sequences toi patterns Banoch et al supia, Wisconsin that matched those defined in Piosite Package Piogiam Manual, veision 9, page M51-59, Genetics Computer Gioup, Madison, WI

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. An isolated polypeptide comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of: a) an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, b) a naturally occurring amino acid sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, c) a biologically active fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25, and d) an immunogenic fragment of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1-25.
2. An isolated polypeptide of claim 1 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:l- 25.
3. An isolated polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide of claim 1.
4. An isolated polynucleotide of claim 3 selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50.
5. A recombinant polynucleotide comprising a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide of claim 3.
6. A cell transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide of claim 5.
7. A transgenic organism comprising a recombinant polynucleotide of claim 5.
8. A method for producing a polypeptide of claim 1 , the method comprising: a) culturing a cell under conditions suitable for expression of the polypeptide, wherein said cell is transformed with a recombinant polynucleotide, and said recombinant polynucleotide comprises a promoter sequence operably linked to a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide of claim 1, and b) recovering the polypeptide so expressed.
9. An isolated antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide of claim 1.
10. An isolated polynucleotide comprising a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of: a) a polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50, b) a naturally occurring polynucleotide sequence having at least 90% sequence identity to a 5 polynucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO:26-50, c) a polynucleotide sequence complementary to a), d) a polynucleotide sequence complementary to b), and e) an RNA equivalent of a)-d).
10 11. An isolated polynucleotide comprising at least 60 contiguous nucleotides of a polynucleotide of claim 10.
12. A method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample, said target polynucleotide having a sequence of a polynucleotide of claim 10, the method comprising: f5 a) hybridizing the sample with a probe comprising at least 16 contiguous nucleotides comprising a sequence complementary to said target polynucleotide in the sample, and which probe specifically hybridizes to said target polynucleotide, under conditions whereby a hybridization complex is formed between said probe and said target polynucleotide, and b) detecting the presence or absence of said hybridization complex, and, optionally, if 0 present, the amount thereof.
13. A method of claim 12, wherein the probe comprises at least 30 contiguous nucleotides.
14. A method of" claim 12, wherein the probe comprises at least 60 contiguous nucleotides. 5
15. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a polypeptide of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
16. A method for treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of 0 functional EXMAD, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment the pharmaceutical composition of claim 15.
17. A method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an agonist of a polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: 5 a) exposing a sample comprising a polypeptide of claim 1 to a compound, and b) detecting agonist activity in the sample.
18. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an agonist compound identified by a method of claim 17 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
19. A method for treating a disease or condition associated with decreased expression of functional EXMAD, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a pharmaceutical composition of claim 18.
20. A method for screening a compound for effectiveness as an antagonist of a polypeptide of claim 1, the method comprising: a) exposing a sample comprising a polypeptide of claim 1 to a compound, and b) detecting antagonist activity in the sample.
21. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an antagonist compound identified by a method of claim 20 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
22. A method for treating a disease or condition associated with overexpression of functional EXMAD, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a pharmaceutical composition of cl aim 21.
23. A method for screening a compound for effectiveness in altering expression of a target polynucleotide, wherein said target polynucleotide comprises a sequence of claim 4, the method comprising: a) exposing a sample comprising the target polynucleotide to a compound, and b) detecting altered expression of the target polynucleotide.
PCT/US2000/012811 1999-05-11 2000-05-10 Extracellular matrix and adhesion-associated proteins WO2000068380A2 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2000616346A JP2002543785A (en) 1999-05-11 2000-05-10 Extracellular matrix and adhesion-related proteins
CA002372815A CA2372815A1 (en) 1999-05-11 2000-05-10 Extracellular matrix and adhesion-associated proteins
AU51298/00A AU5129800A (en) 1999-05-11 2000-05-10 Extracellular matrix and adhesion-associated proteins
EP00935907A EP1177296A2 (en) 1999-05-11 2000-05-10 Extracellular matrix and adhesion-associated proteins

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13364399P 1999-05-11 1999-05-11
US15040999P 1999-08-23 1999-08-23
US60/150,409 1999-08-23
US60/133,643 1999-08-23

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2000068380A2 true WO2000068380A2 (en) 2000-11-16
WO2000068380A3 WO2000068380A3 (en) 2001-04-19

Family

ID=26831550

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2000/012811 WO2000068380A2 (en) 1999-05-11 2000-05-10 Extracellular matrix and adhesion-associated proteins

Country Status (5)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1177296A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2002543785A (en)
AU (1) AU5129800A (en)
CA (1) CA2372815A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2000068380A2 (en)

Cited By (50)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002017949A2 (en) * 2000-09-01 2002-03-07 DeveloGen Aktiengesellschaft für entwicklungsbiologische Forschung Novel functions for dp214
EP1262546A1 (en) * 2000-02-14 2002-12-04 Fuso Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. Novel scavenger receptors
WO2003002589A1 (en) * 2001-06-29 2003-01-09 Erasmus University Rotterdam Diagnostics and therapeutics for autosomal dominant hemochromatosis
WO2003009861A1 (en) * 2001-07-24 2003-02-06 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of metabolix in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003009863A1 (en) * 2001-07-26 2003-02-06 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of cofoxin for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003009864A1 (en) * 2001-07-23 2003-02-06 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of disomet for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003009862A1 (en) * 2001-07-20 2003-02-06 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of modumet for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003009865A1 (en) * 2001-07-25 2003-02-06 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of energen for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003011319A1 (en) * 2001-08-02 2003-02-13 Genset S.A Xobesin agonists and antagonists for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003011325A1 (en) * 2001-07-27 2003-02-13 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of moceptin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003011322A1 (en) * 2001-08-02 2003-02-13 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of genoxin for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003011323A1 (en) * 2001-07-30 2003-02-13 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of contabix for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003011324A1 (en) * 2001-07-31 2003-02-13 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of moxifin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003011321A1 (en) * 2001-07-31 2003-02-13 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of cobesin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003011320A1 (en) * 2001-08-02 2003-02-13 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of obesingen for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003011318A1 (en) * 2001-08-01 2003-02-13 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of famoset for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013583A1 (en) * 2001-08-10 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Faxigen agonists and antagonists in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013579A1 (en) * 2001-08-03 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Lypergix agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013604A2 (en) * 2001-08-09 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Migenix agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013578A1 (en) * 2001-08-07 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Omoxin agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013585A1 (en) * 2001-08-08 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Mifaxin agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic
WO2003013581A1 (en) * 2001-08-03 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of genceptin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013582A1 (en) * 2001-08-06 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Genoxit agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013584A1 (en) * 2001-08-09 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Xafinix agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013580A1 (en) * 2001-08-03 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Tr xidatin agonists and antagonists treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003022299A1 (en) * 2001-08-01 2003-03-20 Genset S.A. Genobix agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003026695A1 (en) * 2001-09-21 2003-04-03 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of cylixin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003041730A1 (en) * 2001-11-16 2003-05-22 Genset S.A. Ditacin agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003045422A1 (en) * 2001-11-29 2003-06-05 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of prolixin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003045421A1 (en) * 2001-11-28 2003-06-05 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of ryzn for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003047615A1 (en) * 2001-12-05 2003-06-12 Genset S.A. Dexar agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003047614A1 (en) * 2001-12-05 2003-06-12 Genset S.A. Agonist and antagonists of redax for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003049759A1 (en) * 2001-12-13 2003-06-19 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of oxifan for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003049757A1 (en) * 2001-12-12 2003-06-19 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of glucomin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003049758A1 (en) * 2001-12-13 2003-06-19 Genset S.A. Emergen agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003049756A1 (en) * 2001-12-13 2003-06-19 Genset S.A. Glucomin agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003051386A1 (en) * 2001-12-14 2003-06-26 Genset S.A. Glucoset agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003055509A1 (en) * 2001-12-26 2003-07-10 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of bromix for the treatment of metabolic disorders
JP2003521944A (en) * 2000-02-10 2003-07-22 アバンテイス・フアルマ・エス・アー Partner, manufacture and use of the PTB1 domain of FEB65
EP1235907A4 (en) * 1999-11-12 2003-07-30 Human Genome Sciences Inc 6 human secreted proteins
WO2003077939A1 (en) * 2002-03-19 2003-09-25 Genset Sa Treatment of metabolic disorders with a tnf receptor family member (fradj and/or cryptic) agonists or antagonists
WO2003090514A2 (en) * 2002-04-26 2003-11-06 Zymogenetics, Inc. Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp14
EP1484338A1 (en) * 1998-12-22 2004-12-08 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibiting neoplastic cell growth
EP1572712A2 (en) * 2002-06-11 2005-09-14 Avalon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cancer-linked gene as target for chemotherapy
EP1629008A1 (en) * 2003-05-21 2006-03-01 Ares Trading S.A. Tnf-like secreted protein
WO2006048657A2 (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-05-11 University Of Sheffield Fras related protein
WO2006048655A2 (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-05-11 University Of Sheffield Methods of modulating the immune system using anti-inflammatory polypeptides which interact with toll receptor function
AU2002249529B2 (en) * 2001-01-16 2007-03-22 Serono Genetics Institute S.A. GMG-3, GMG-4, and GMG-6 polynucleotides and polypeptides and uses thereof
EP2090587A1 (en) * 2002-09-30 2009-08-19 Oncotherapy Science, Inc. Genes and polypeptides relating to prostate cancers
EP2559760A1 (en) * 2010-03-04 2013-02-20 Fuso Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. Ischemic disorder-promoting polypeptide

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012021943A (en) * 2010-07-16 2012-02-02 National Cancer Center Method for inspecting uterine cancer, test drug for uterine cancer and antibody for uterine cancer antigen

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1999000410A2 (en) * 1997-06-27 1999-01-07 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human extracellular matrix proteins

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1999000410A2 (en) * 1997-06-27 1999-01-07 Incyte Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human extracellular matrix proteins

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DATABASE EMBL [Online] Accession number AF151838, 1 June 1999 (1999-06-01) XP002146659 & LAI C.-H. ET AL.: "Identification of novel human genes evolutionarily conserved in Caenorhabditis elegans by comparative proteomics" GENOME RESEARCH, vol. 10, no. 5, May 2000 (2000-05), pages 703-713, *
DATABASE EMBL [Online] Accession number AI188216, 14 October 1998 (1998-10-14) ROBERT STRAUSBERG: "qd66g12.x1 Soares_testis_NHT Homo sapiens cDNA clone" XP002146658 *
See also references of EP1177296A2 *

Cited By (70)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1484338A1 (en) * 1998-12-22 2004-12-08 Genentech, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibiting neoplastic cell growth
EP1235907A4 (en) * 1999-11-12 2003-07-30 Human Genome Sciences Inc 6 human secreted proteins
JP4745583B2 (en) * 2000-02-10 2011-08-10 アバンテイス・フアルマ・エス・アー Partner, manufacture and use of PTB1 domain of FEB65
JP2003521944A (en) * 2000-02-10 2003-07-22 アバンテイス・フアルマ・エス・アー Partner, manufacture and use of the PTB1 domain of FEB65
US7612174B2 (en) 2000-02-14 2009-11-03 Fuso Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. Scavenger receptor
US8084578B2 (en) 2000-02-14 2011-12-27 Fuso Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. Monoclonal antibody against human scavenger receptor SRCL-P1
US8410253B2 (en) 2000-02-14 2013-04-02 Fuso Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. Scavenger receptor
EP1262546A1 (en) * 2000-02-14 2002-12-04 Fuso Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. Novel scavenger receptors
US7612175B2 (en) 2000-02-14 2009-11-03 Fuso Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. Scavenger receptor
EP1262546A4 (en) * 2000-02-14 2004-07-14 Fuso Pharmaceutical Ind Novel scavenger receptors
US7189809B2 (en) 2000-02-14 2007-03-13 Fuso Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. Scavenger receptors
WO2002017949A2 (en) * 2000-09-01 2002-03-07 DeveloGen Aktiengesellschaft für entwicklungsbiologische Forschung Novel functions for dp214
WO2002017949A3 (en) * 2000-09-01 2003-03-13 Develogen Ag Novel functions for dp214
US7326678B2 (en) 2001-01-16 2008-02-05 Serono Genetics Institute S.A. GMG-3 GMG-4 and GMG-6 polynucleotides and polypeptides and uses thereof
AU2002249529B2 (en) * 2001-01-16 2007-03-22 Serono Genetics Institute S.A. GMG-3, GMG-4, and GMG-6 polynucleotides and polypeptides and uses thereof
WO2003002589A1 (en) * 2001-06-29 2003-01-09 Erasmus University Rotterdam Diagnostics and therapeutics for autosomal dominant hemochromatosis
WO2003009862A1 (en) * 2001-07-20 2003-02-06 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of modumet for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003009864A1 (en) * 2001-07-23 2003-02-06 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of disomet for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003009861A1 (en) * 2001-07-24 2003-02-06 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of metabolix in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003009865A1 (en) * 2001-07-25 2003-02-06 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of energen for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003009863A1 (en) * 2001-07-26 2003-02-06 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of cofoxin for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003011325A1 (en) * 2001-07-27 2003-02-13 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of moceptin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003011323A1 (en) * 2001-07-30 2003-02-13 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of contabix for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003011324A1 (en) * 2001-07-31 2003-02-13 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of moxifin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003011321A1 (en) * 2001-07-31 2003-02-13 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of cobesin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003011318A1 (en) * 2001-08-01 2003-02-13 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of famoset for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003022299A1 (en) * 2001-08-01 2003-03-20 Genset S.A. Genobix agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003011320A1 (en) * 2001-08-02 2003-02-13 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of obesingen for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003011322A1 (en) * 2001-08-02 2003-02-13 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of genoxin for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
US7276342B2 (en) 2001-08-02 2007-10-02 Serono Genetics Institute S.A. Xobesin agonists and antagonists for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003011319A1 (en) * 2001-08-02 2003-02-13 Genset S.A Xobesin agonists and antagonists for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013580A1 (en) * 2001-08-03 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Tr xidatin agonists and antagonists treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013579A1 (en) * 2001-08-03 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Lypergix agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013581A1 (en) * 2001-08-03 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of genceptin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013582A1 (en) * 2001-08-06 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Genoxit agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013578A1 (en) * 2001-08-07 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Omoxin agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013585A1 (en) * 2001-08-08 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Mifaxin agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic
WO2003013604A3 (en) * 2001-08-09 2003-10-09 Genset Sa Migenix agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013604A2 (en) * 2001-08-09 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Migenix agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013584A1 (en) * 2001-08-09 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Xafinix agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003013583A1 (en) * 2001-08-10 2003-02-20 Genset S.A. Faxigen agonists and antagonists in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003026695A1 (en) * 2001-09-21 2003-04-03 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of cylixin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003041730A1 (en) * 2001-11-16 2003-05-22 Genset S.A. Ditacin agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003045421A1 (en) * 2001-11-28 2003-06-05 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of ryzn for the treatment of metabolic disorders
US7344843B2 (en) 2001-11-29 2008-03-18 Serono Genetics Institute S.A. Agonists and antagonists of prolixin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003045422A1 (en) * 2001-11-29 2003-06-05 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of prolixin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003047614A1 (en) * 2001-12-05 2003-06-12 Genset S.A. Agonist and antagonists of redax for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003047615A1 (en) * 2001-12-05 2003-06-12 Genset S.A. Dexar agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003049757A1 (en) * 2001-12-12 2003-06-19 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of glucomin for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003049759A1 (en) * 2001-12-13 2003-06-19 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of oxifan for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003049758A1 (en) * 2001-12-13 2003-06-19 Genset S.A. Emergen agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003049756A1 (en) * 2001-12-13 2003-06-19 Genset S.A. Glucomin agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003051386A1 (en) * 2001-12-14 2003-06-26 Genset S.A. Glucoset agonists and antagonists for use in the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003055509A1 (en) * 2001-12-26 2003-07-10 Genset S.A. Agonists and antagonists of bromix for the treatment of metabolic disorders
WO2003077939A1 (en) * 2002-03-19 2003-09-25 Genset Sa Treatment of metabolic disorders with a tnf receptor family member (fradj and/or cryptic) agonists or antagonists
WO2003090514A3 (en) * 2002-04-26 2005-06-02 Zymogenetics Inc Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp14
WO2003090514A2 (en) * 2002-04-26 2003-11-06 Zymogenetics, Inc. Adipocyte complement related protein zacrp14
EP1572712A4 (en) * 2002-06-11 2007-07-04 Avalon Pharmaceuticals Cancer-linked gene as target for chemotherapy
EP1572712A2 (en) * 2002-06-11 2005-09-14 Avalon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cancer-linked gene as target for chemotherapy
EP2090587A1 (en) * 2002-09-30 2009-08-19 Oncotherapy Science, Inc. Genes and polypeptides relating to prostate cancers
US7514533B2 (en) 2003-05-21 2009-04-07 Ares Trading S.A. TNF-like secreted protein
EP1629008A1 (en) * 2003-05-21 2006-03-01 Ares Trading S.A. Tnf-like secreted protein
AU2003241006B2 (en) * 2003-05-21 2011-03-24 Ares Trading S.A. TNF-like secreted protein
WO2006048655A2 (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-05-11 University Of Sheffield Methods of modulating the immune system using anti-inflammatory polypeptides which interact with toll receptor function
WO2006048657A2 (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-05-11 University Of Sheffield Fras related protein
WO2006048655A3 (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-09-28 Univ Sheffield Methods of modulating the immune system using anti-inflammatory polypeptides which interact with toll receptor function
WO2006048657A3 (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-08-03 Univ Sheffield Fras related protein
EP2559760A1 (en) * 2010-03-04 2013-02-20 Fuso Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. Ischemic disorder-promoting polypeptide
EP2559760A4 (en) * 2010-03-04 2013-08-07 Fuso Pharmaceutical Ind Ischemic disorder-promoting polypeptide
US8609606B2 (en) 2010-03-04 2013-12-17 Fuso Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. Polypeptide acting to enhance ischemic diseases

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1177296A2 (en) 2002-02-06
AU5129800A (en) 2000-11-21
CA2372815A1 (en) 2000-11-16
WO2000068380A3 (en) 2001-04-19
JP2002543785A (en) 2002-12-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1177296A2 (en) Extracellular matrix and adhesion-associated proteins
US6168920B1 (en) Extracellular adhesive proteins
EP1121433A2 (en) Human ankyrin family protein
EP1131428A2 (en) Immunoglobulin superfamily proteins
WO2000012703A2 (en) Protein transport-associated molecules
WO2000052151A2 (en) Human secretory proteins
EP1144625A2 (en) Nucleic-acid binding proteins
WO2000060080A2 (en) Molecules of the immune system
EP1210419A2 (en) Human transmembrane proteins
EP1244695A2 (en) Extracellular matrix and cell adhesion proteins as well as genes encoding them
EP1173566A2 (en) Human membrane-associated proteins
WO2000028029A2 (en) Cell surface glycoproteins
WO2000060082A2 (en) Vesicle associated proteins
EP1092026A2 (en) Neurotransmission associated proteins
EP1135483A2 (en) Cytokine signal regulators
EP1092023A2 (en) Molecules associated with apoptosis
WO2000026243A2 (en) Transmembrane 4 proteins
WO2000052161A2 (en) Leukocyte- and blood-associated proteins
WO2000011150A1 (en) Cell surface immunomodulators
WO2000026372A1 (en) Myosin heavy chain homolog
US20020110858A1 (en) Lymphocytic membrane proteins
WO2000024779A1 (en) Lysine-rich statherin protein
EP1144630A2 (en) Human cell signaling proteins (csig)

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AE AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG US US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): AE AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA UG US US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
ENP Entry into the national phase in:

Ref document number: 2372815

Country of ref document: CA

Ref country code: CA

Ref document number: 2372815

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

ENP Entry into the national phase in:

Ref country code: JP

Ref document number: 2000 616346

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2000935907

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2000935907

Country of ref document: EP

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 10009557

Country of ref document: US

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: 2000935907

Country of ref document: EP